Upload
others
View
0
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
BID CLARIFICATION #3 November 27, 2018 DUE DATE: December 4, 2018 TIME: 2:00 p.m. PROJECT: Tech Quad Phase III Innovation Partnership Building Project Number: 901661 LOCATION: University of Connecticut Capital Projects & Contract Administration 3 Discovery Drive Storrs, CT 06269 Attn: Walt Dalia Please note the following information must be incorporated into your proposal for the Tech Quad Phase III Innovation Partnership Building, Project #901661:
1) Attached is the Addendum #3 from Christopher Williams Architects dated November 26, 2018:
Item #1: RFI Response Log
Item #2: Revised Drawings
Cover Sheet Sheet list revision to include Addendum #3
A-103 – Reflected Ceiling Plan Added detail for Slotted Channel system clarification.
A-104 – FFE Plan Added the quantity column to the casework schedule
A-510 – Slotted channel grid plan & details Added clarification to slotted channel details
A-603 – Equipment & Finish Schedules Added notes for clarification
P-103 – First Floor Plumbing Lab House Gases – New Work Added keynote 5, removed references to Compressed Air and replaced with Lab Air
P-501 – Plumbing Details Added plumbing details for typical cabinet piping diagram and typical panel piping diagrams
MEP-101 – MEP Floor Plan and Details Revised utility station detail to include HW and CW at utility stations
MH-102 – First Floor Mechanical HVAC New Work Plan Added additional notes in floor plan, and details, Added keynote 6
MH-103 – Fourth Floor Roof Mechanical HVAC New Work Plan Moved exhaust fans to new location, Added exhaust fan connection detail
MH-700 – Mechanical ATC and Schedules Added supply air diffuser and return/exhaust air register schedules. Revised Supply & Exhaust air
valve schedules. Removed "pre-purchased equipment" from exhaust fan schedule Removed emergency
power from exhaust fan schedule
E-001 – Electrical Symbols and Notes Revised Toxic Gas Monitoring Pull Station Symbol
E-202 – Partial First Floor Electrical Power and Signal Plan Added duplex receptacles at all utility stations and above sink
E-501 – Electrical Schedules Added shunt trip requirement for panel TP2L3.4 and TP4L3.3
T-001 – Telecommunication Symbols, Notes, Abbreviations & Details Revised detail notes
T-101 – Partial First Floor Telecommunications Plan Revised keynote 2
Item #3: Added Drawings
A-105 – 4th Floor Mechanical Mezzanine Plan Item
#4: Revised Specification Sections
Table of Contents
Reflects revised and added Specification Sections
22 6313.33 – High Purity 316L Stainless Steel Single Wall Tubing Revised Section 1.5 – Revised List of Gases to be installed using techniques outlined in this specification
23 3614 – Specialty Labs Air Valves Removed Inergen system requirements. Removed requirement for sound attenuator for each air
terminal device, Section 2.1.G.
23 3700 – Registers, Grilles, and Diffusers Revised Section 2.2 – Diffusers, Registers & Grilles Shall Be of Type as Herein Specified
27 1000 – Structured Cabling Revised Section 1.4, 1.8, & 1.9.– Building Connectivity Solution and Certified Installer specified to be Hubbell.
27 1119 – Communications Termination Blocks & Patch Panels Revised Section 2.1 – Only 48 port patch panel accepted.
27 1513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling Revised Section 2.1 – Cable Manufacturer shall be accepted by the Hubbell extended warranty
program. Clarifications to Electrical characterization and Wireless Access Point requirements.
27 1619 – Communications Patch Cords Revised Section 2.1 – Hubbell to be manufacturer. Clarifications to Physical Specifications of Patch Cords.
Item #5: Added Specification Sections
26 2500 – Enclosed Bus Assemblies
26 0533.01 – Specialty Labs Conduits and Raceways
26 0573 – Electrical Systems and Protective Device Study
End of Bid Clarification #3
11/26/2018 IPB Fraunhofer ADD 3 Page 1
ADDENDUM #3
VIA EMAIL
Date: November 26, 2018
Project: IPB Fraunhofer Tenant Fit-Out Issued by: Christopher Williams Architects LLC
85 Willow Street, Building 54 New Haven, CT 06511 (203) 776-0184
To: Antoaneta Fedeles UCONN [email protected] Brian Gore UCONN [email protected] Jeffery Olsen UCONN [email protected]
Cc: John Christofor HF Lenz [email protected]
No. of pages: 3
Notice to all Bidders: This Addendum forms a part of and modifies the original documents issued for bidding, dated November 5, 2018 to the extent noted herein. This Addendum supersedes all previous Drawings, General Documents, Specifications, Instructions and Addenda pertaining to these items. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the submitted Bid.
11/26/2018 IPB Fraunhofer ADD 3 Page 2
Item #1: RFI Responses
Item #2: Revised Drawings
Cover Sheet Sheet list revision to include Addendum #3
A-103 – Reflected Ceiling Plan Added detail for Slotted Channel system clarification.
A-104 – FFE Plan Added the quantity column to the casework schedule
A-510 – Slotted channel grid plan & details Added clarification to slotted channel details
A-603 – Equipment & Finish Schedules Added notes for clarification
P-103 – First Floor Plumbing Lab House Gases – New Work Added keynote 5, removed references to Compressed Air and replaced with Lab Air
P-501 – Plumbing Details Added plumbing details for typical cabinet piping diagram and typical panel piping diagrams
MEP-101 – MEP Floor Plan and Details Revised utility station detail to include HW and CW at utility stations
MH-102 – First Floor Mechanical HVAC New Work Plan Added additional notes in floor plan, and details, Added keynote 6
MH-103 – Fourth Floor Roof Mechanical HVAC New Work Plan Moved exhaust fans to new location, Added exhaust fan connection detail
MH-700 – Mechanical ATC and Schedules Added supply air diffuser and return/exhaust air register schedules. Revised Supply & Exhaust air valve schedules. Removed "pre-purchased equipment" from exhaust fan schedule Removed emergency power from exhaust fan schedule
E-001 – Electrical Symbols and Notes Revised Toxic Gas Monitoring Pull Station Symbol
E-202 – Partial First Floor Electrical Power and Signal Plan Added duplex receptacles at all utility stations and above sink
E-501 – Electrical Schedules Added shunt trip requirement for panel TP2L3.4 and TP4L3.3
T-001 – Telecommunication Symbols, Notes, Abbreviations & Details Revised detail notes
11/26/2018 IPB Fraunhofer ADD 3 Page 3
T-101 – Partial First Floor Telecommunications Plan Revised keynote 2
Item #3: Added Drawings
A-105 – 4th Floor Mechanical Mezzanine Plan
Item #4: Revised Specification Sections
Table of Contents Reflects revised and added Specification Sections
22 6313.33 – High Purity 316L Stainless Steel Single Wall Tubing Revised Section 1.5 – Revised List of Gases to be installed using techniques outlined in this specification
23 3614 – Specialty Labs Air Valves Removed Inergen system requirements. Removed requirement for sound attenuator for each air terminal device, Section 2.1.G.
23 3700 – Registers, Grilles, and Diffusers Revised Section 2.2 – Diffusers, Registers & Grilles Shall Be of Type as Herein Specified
27 1000 – Structured Cabling Revised Section 1.4, 1.8, & 1.9.– Building Connectivity Solution and Certified Installer specified to be Hubbell.
27 1119 – Communications Termination Blocks & Patch Panels Revised Section 2.1 – Only 48 port patch panel accepted.
27 1513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling Revised Section 2.1 – Cable Manufacturer shall be accepted by the Hubbell extended warranty program. Clarifications to Electrical characterization and Wireless Access Point requirements.
27 1619 – Communications Patch Cords Revised Section 2.1 – Hubbell to be manufacturer. Clarifications to Physical Specifications of Patch Cords.
Item #5: Added Specification Sections
26 2500 – Enclosed Bus Assemblies
26 0533.01 – Specialty Labs Conduits and Raceways
26 0573 – Electrical Systems and Protective Device Study
Tech Quad Phase III Innovation
Partnership Building
RFI Log - Project #90166111/27/2018 8:19
RFI No. Question Response
1
On Drawing T-101, the table on column line L has a note #2 which indicates
data cabling to be installed but there are no data symbols to quantify them.
Please provide quantity for tables not showing data symbols.
Note will be revised to include data symbol and note 2 will be revised to define scope
required. Drawing T-101 will be reissued with Addendum.
2
What is the intentions of feeding these table with power and data? Being slab
on grade, will they be fed with power poles? If so, which bid package is
providing the poles or will they be provided by furniture manufacturer.
Tables are intended to be movable and are to be fed overhead via flexible cable with
plug-in termination at the bench. Provide a means to coil the network wire above the
ceiling in the event the table is disconnected and moved. No power poles are to be
provided.
3
Note #2 on Detail #1 drawing T-0001 calls for cabling to yellow & white.
Currently all existing cabling in the building is white. Please confirm that
yellow cabling is also acceptable.
All IT Cables provided on this project are to be white. No yellow cabling.
4Please provide acceptable manufacturers for the data cabling and connecting
hardware.IT Cables, connectors, jackets, etc. shall be Hubbell.
5How many data cables are required for the WAP's? Who is responsible for
furnishing and installing the WAP's?
One cable per WAP. WAP will be furnished by the Owner and installed by the
Contractor.
6
Drawing E-001 symbols for the fire alarm manual pull station and the TGM
manual pull station are the same even though the specifications indicate they
are different in looks and function. Please clarify.
Symbols have been revised/ corrected. Drawing E-001 will be reissued with
Addendum.
7
Drawing G-003: After scaling the drawings and adding in the elevations for the
data cabling, the length of some of the cabling will be close to or exceed the
maximum allowable distance. Please clarify.
Assume the maximum length cable for bid purposes. Any network drop that exceeds
the maximum length may be terminated in IDF Room 117. All cable terminated in
room 117 must be shielded
8Who is responsible for providing the CAT6 patch cords for the added data
cabling?
Contractor shall provide one 5’ patch cord per WAP and one 5’ patch cord for each
cable installed.
9
In reference to the exhaust fans shown on MH-103, are they roof mounted on
curbs & will require flashing to the existing roof? If so, what is type of roofing
we will need to flash to & is the roof still under warranty? Please clarify.
No flashing is required. See section detail 2 on MH-103 along with A105 for
modifications to steel and grating.
10 On A-603 Room Finish Schedule, should flooring TC-1 be CT-1? Please clarify. See the revised room finish schedule apart of Addendum #2.
11 Please confirm which wall treatment is to be used WT-1, 2 or 3? WTR01 shall be used. See Spec section 12 2400
12 Please confirm that all existing utility locations are correct.
Utility locations are diagrammatic and generally shown in their approximate existing
location. Contractor is responsible for final verification and coordination of existing
utilities and tie in points.
13Please confirm that the Compressed Air is CA and not Lab Aire. The materials
used are different.
Lab Air is to be used. Plumbing drawings and specs will be updated to reflect Lab Air
instead of Compressed Air.
14
Both spec sections for casework and countertops list a basis of design product
as "Hamilton Laboratory Solutions". Is this the only acceptable manufacturer
of the casework or will other manufacturers be allowed if they meet the basis of
design product specifications? If other manufacturers are accepted, please
confirm if Bedco (www.bedcolab.com) will be acceptable to the design team as
it meets or exceeds the basis of design?
Hamilton Laboratory Solutions is the only acceptable manufacturer
15Finish Schedule on A-603. What does TC-1 and PC-1 as relates to the floor
finish?See the revised room finish schedule apart of Addendum #2.
16
Regarding Drawings A-510, see attached for cut sheets on the referenced
connectors:
- Detail B6 shows connecting to the wall with P2245. This is a type of 3 way
connection and would not be used for a wall connection. Is the intent to
connect to the wall with an L-shape? Would the L piece be top and/or bottom?
- Detail D6 and C5 show a connector P1455 which is more or less a flat plate.
Should this be the P1047?
- What is the spacing of Detail D6? Is the threaded rod at each strut (3-way or 4-
way) intersection?
See the revised sheet A-510 apart of Addendum #3.
17
Regarding the IT aspect of the project:
- At the walkthrough it was mentioned a certified Hubble Connectivity installer
is required for the install. Does UCONN have a particular Hubble installer?
- Drawing T-001 indicates that the contractor is to terminate the runs in room
105. About how far is this room from the Lab? Also at the walkthrough it was
stated contractor is to provide 2 patch cords per run. Please confirm.
- Telecommunication drawings do not show any equipment. Please confirm
that the equipment will be provided by UCONN and contractor will terminate to
it.
- Also it was indicated that we are to use the existing sleeves located about 18'-
20' above the floor. Please confirm.
UCONN does not have a preferred Hubbell installer. As indicated, they must be a
"Certified" Hubbell Installer. - See Dwg. G-003 for overall floor plan and room
locations. See answer to RFI 7 regarding cable lengths. Contractor shall provide one
5' patch cord per WAP and one 5' patch cord for each cable installed. - Contractor
shall furnish and install one 48 port patch panel in existing rack in MDF 105.
Contractor shall be responsible for terminating cables. - Existing sleeves are to be
utilized for IT.
18
We noticed when looking at the new panels TP4L3.3 & TP2L3.4 that the new
panels are looking for a "panel complete with shunt trip MCB," but the panels
are MLO. Shouldn't these panels be MCB? Please advise.
Panel TP4L3.3 shall have a 250A bussing and a 250A main shunt trip circuit breaker.
Panel TP2L3.3 shall have a 400A main shunt trip circuit breaker.
19Room Finish Schedule does not identify "RWB-1. Finish Products and Materials
does not identify TC-1 and PC-1
There will be one base used throughout the project- Rubber wall base by
Mannington, Optimum Edge. The base in the corridor (at demo'd section) will be
metal to match existing. (V.I.F.)
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT TABLE OF CONTENTS University of Connecticut 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 1 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMEBER 26, 2018
PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE PAGE
PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................. 5
LIST OF DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................... 2
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 1000 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................. 10
01 2100 ALLOWANCES ............................................................................................................. 4
01 2200 UNIT PRICES ............................................................................................................... 2
01 2300 ALTERNATES .............................................................................................................. 2
01 2500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES ................................................................................. 4
01 2600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES ............................................................ 9
01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION ................................................... 19
01 3200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION ................................................. 10
01 3233 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION ........................................................................ 4
01 3300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ..................................................................................... 13
01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................... 10
01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ........................................................... 29
01 5719 TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS .......................................................... 8
01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................... 7
01 7000 EXECUTION ............................................................................................................... 11
01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES ...................................................................................... 12
01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA ................................................................ 10
01 7839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ............................................................................ 7
01 7900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING ............................................................................ 5
DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE
03 3500 POLISHED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH SYSTEM ..................................................... 7
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT TABLE OF CONTENTS University of Connecticut 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 2 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMEBER 26, 2018
DIVISION 05 – METALS
05 4300 SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING .................................................................................. 5
05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS .............................................................................................. 7
DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 8400 FIRESTOPPING ......................................................................................................... 11
07 9200 JOINT SEALANTS ...................................................................................................... 12
DIVISION 08 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
08 1113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS & FRAMES ...................................................................... 14
08 3100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS ................................................................................. 7
08 7100 DOOR HARDWARE ..................................................................................................... 4
08 8000 GLAZING .................................................................................................................... 14
DIVISION 09 - FINISHES
09 0913 PAINT AND PAINTING ................................................................................................. 8
09 2117 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS .................................................................................... 16
09 5100 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS ............................................................................................. 9
09 6800 CARPETING ................................................................................................................. 7
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
10 1400 SIGNAGE ...................................................................................................................... 8
10 2250 METAL AND GLASS PARTITIONS .............................................................................. 8
10 4400 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS & ACCESSORIES ............................................. 7
DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT
11 5313.1 BENCHTOP ACCESSIBLE FUME HOOD .............................................................. 19
11 5313.2 FLOOR MOUNTED FUME HOOD ............................................................................ 6
11 5344 SAFETY SHOWERS .................................................................................................... 4
11 6000 GAS CABINETS, MANIFOLDS & VBM’S ................................................................... 24
DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS
12 2400 WINDOW SHADES ...................................................................................................... 9
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT TABLE OF CONTENTS University of Connecticut 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 3 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMEBER 26, 2018
12 3553.13 METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK ................................................................... 14
12 5653 LABORATORY FURNITURE ...................................................................................... 19
DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION
21 0500 BASIC FIRE PROTECTION MATERIALS AND METHODS ....................................... 23
21 0584 THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS .................................................... 8
21 1000 FIRE PROTECTION ................................................................................................... 39
DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING
22 0500 BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS .................................................... 25
22 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS ..................................................................................... 10
22 0548 PLUMBING VIBRATION CONTROLS ........................................................................ 18
22 0553 PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION ...................................................................................... 3
22 0584 THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS .................................................... 9
22 1110 PLUMBING VALVES .................................................................................................... 6
22 1120 PLUMBING DISTRIBUTION PIPING .......................................................................... 12
22 1130 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING ................................................................................... 7
22 1140 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES ......................................................................................... 10
22 2100 SPECIALTY LABS PIPING DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE ............................................ 4
22 4000 PLUMBING FIXTURES ................................................................................................ 5
22 6113.33 LAB AIR QUALITY ................................................................................................... 1
22 6143.43 HOUSE NITROGEN, LAB VACUUM AND LAB AIR TYPE L COPPER TUBING . 15
22 6119 SPECIALTY LABS PLUMBING ACCESSORIES ......................................................... 5
22 6213.43 LAB VACUUM QUALITY ......................................................................................... 1
22 6313.33 HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING .................... 16
22 6313.43 HOUSE AND PROCESS NITROGEN QUALITY ..................................................... 2
22 6700 PROCESS WATER SYSTEMS .................................................................................. 22
22 6712 SPECIALTY LAB ACID WASTE DRAIN AND VENT PIPING....................................... 4
22 6713.16 REVERSE-OSMOSIS WATER PIPING ................................................................. 14
22 6713.43 REVERSE-OSMOSIS WATER QUALITY ............................................................... 1
22 7012 LIQUID NITROGEN DISTRIBUTION ............................................................................ 9
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT TABLE OF CONTENTS University of Connecticut 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 4 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMEBER 26, 2018
DIVISION 23 – HVAC
23 0500 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ................................................ 28
23 0510 3D BUILDING INFORMATION MODELING ................................................................. 9
23 0513 MOTORS AND CONTROLLERS ................................................................................ 12
23 0514 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES ............................................................................ 13
23 0519.20 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES ........................................................................ 9
23 0523 HVAC VALVES AND STRAINERS ............................................................................. 36
23 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS ..................................................................................... 10
23 0553 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION ................................................................................. 7
23 0584 THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS .................................................... 8
23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING ................................................................ 23
23 0713 DUCT INSULATION ................................................................................................... 10
23 0719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION ...................................................................................... 15
23 2000 HVAC PIPING AND JOINTS ...................................................................................... 28
23 2113.43 LAB PROCESS COOLING WATER HYDRONIC TUBING ................................... 17
23 2223 STEAM AND CONDENSATE SPECIALTIES ............................................................... 9
23 3100 SHEET METAL WORK AND ACCESSORIES ........................................................... 30
23 3600 AIR TERMINAL BOXES ............................................................................................... 8
23 3614 SPECIALTY LABS AIR VALVES .............................................................................. 11
23 3700 REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS ................................................................. 5
23 3723 ROOF ACCESSORIES ................................................................................................. 4
23 3900 FANS AND ACCESSORIES ....................................................................................... 21
23 4100 FILTERS ..................................................................................................................... 14
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
26 0510 ELECTRICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS ...................................................................... 22
26 0520 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS ........................................................................ 20
26 0530 WIRING METHODS .................................................................................................... 41
26 0533.01 SPECIALTY LABS CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS ................................................ 9
26 0573 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDIES .............................. 17
26 0580 ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS ........................................................................ 33
26 0584 THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS .................................................... 9
26 2010 LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION ............................................................................... 36
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT TABLE OF CONTENTS University of Connecticut 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 5 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMEBER 26, 2018
26 2500 ENCLOSED BUS ASSEMBLIES ................................................................................. 6
26 2816 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES ......................... 5
26 4310 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES .............................................................................. 11
26 5000 ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING .................................................................................... 25
26 5010 LIGHTING FIXTURES ................................................................................................ 12
26 5010 LIGHTING FIXTURES ................................................................................................ 13
26 5102 SPECIALTY LABS INTERIOR LIGHTING .................................................................. 11
DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS
27 0528.29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ..................... 4
27 0528.36 CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ........................................... 8
27 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ............................................ 6
27 0800 COMMISSIONING OF COMMUNICATIONS................................................................ 9
27 1000 STRUCTURED CABLING .......................................................................................... 12
27 1119 COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS .................... 5
27 1123 COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND LADDER RACK .......................... 6
27 1513 COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING .......................................... 6
27 1543 AUDIOVISUAL RACEWAY ........................................................................................... 9
27 1619 COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS ......................................................................... 7
DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
28 0000 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY .................................................................. 28
28 1300 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM ................................................................................... 11
28 1326 ACCESS CONTROL FIELD DEVICES ....................................................................... 26
28 3000 TOXIC GAS MONITORING AND ALARM SYSTEM .................................................. 16
28 3110 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ............................................................................................... 50
END TABLE OF CONTENTS
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 1 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
SECTION 22 63 13.33 - HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section.
B. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures
C. Section 07 84 00 – Firestopping
D. Section 22 05 00 – Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods
E. Section 22 05 29 – Hangers and Supports
F. Section 22 05 48 – Plumbing Vibration Controls
G. Section 22 05 53 – Plumbing Identification
H. Section 22 05 84 – Through-Penetration Firestop System
I. Section 22 21 00 – Specialty Labs Piping Distribution Schedule
J. Section 22 63 13.43 – House and Process Nitrogen Quality
K. “SL-P” Series Drawings
L. “P” Series Drawings
M. TH-STK-001 Piping Component Stick Details Gas Systems
N. TH-STK-003 Piping Component Matrix Gas Systems
1.2 SUMMARY
A. The purpose of this specification is to describe single wall containment stainless steel tubing system. This delivery system consists of:
1. Gas Manifold 2. Connection to bulk liquid tank source or gas manifold for high purity gas delivery. B.
Some products may be used in Basebuild or Tool Hookup only.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. UHP = Ultra High Purity
1.4 REFERENCES
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 2 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 181685 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
A. The criteria established in the Tool Hook-Up High Purity 316L Stainless Steel Single Wall Tubing
specification shall take precedence over this specification section. B. The contractor must comply
with the following codes:
1. BOCS National Plumbing Code2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)3. American Society of Testing Material (ASTM)4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)5. American Welding Society (AWS)6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)7. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)8. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)9. Compressed Gas Associations (CGA)10. American Vacuum Society Standards11. All local codes, status, and ordinances
a. International Fire Code (IFC) 2003 with Connecticut Amendments
b. International Building Code (IBC) 2003 with Connecticut Amendments
12. Toxic Gas Ordinance13. SEMI Standards
1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. This specification describes the materials, cleaning, fabrication, installation, and testing requirements, which are common to and necessary to complete the installation of a cylinder based and/or bulk liquid tank based UHP Gas System.
The following gases will be installed using the techniques outlined in this specification.
Gas Molecular Symbol
Argon Ar
Description
Colorless, Odorless, Non-Toxic, Non-Flammable Gas
Carbon Dioxide CO2 Colorless, Odorless, Non-Toxic, Non-Flammable Gas
Helium He Colorless, Odorless, Non-Toxic, Non-Flammable Gas
Hydrogen H2 Colorless, Odorless, Non-Toxic, Flammable Gas
Process Nitrogen (P-N2) N2 Colorless, Odorless, Non-Toxic, Non-Flammable Gas
Nitrous Oxide N2O Colorless, Sweet Smelling, Non-Toxic, Oxidizer Gas
Oxygen O2 Colorless, Odorless, Non-Toxic, Oxidizer Gas
Sulfur Hexafluoride SF6 Colorless, Odorless, Non-Toxic, Non-Flammable Gas
B. Typical Purity of Process Gases entering this tubing system shall be as follows: Nitrogen leaving the bulk storage tank must meet this criterion before entering the 316L Stainless tubing system for process nitrogen.
Grade Minimum Maximum Impurities [ppm]
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 3 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
Purity THC* O2 Ar CO2 CO H2O H2
ELEC 99.9995% 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 *If Applicable
Particles shall not exceed: Particle size (microns)
No. of particles per cubic meter per minute (M^3/Min)
0.1 – 0.3 0.3 – 0.5 0.5 – 1.0 >1.0
<212 <176 <70 0
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. If additional designs are needed, design calculations shall be prepared and stamped by a registered professional engineer in the jurisdiction where the project is located, and shall be submitted. All data used in calculations must be specified. Provide calculations required to demonstrate compliance with applicable codes and regulations.
B. Submittals shall conform to Section 01 33 00 requirements and shall include but not limited:
1. Component cut-sheets, indicating materials of construction, leak rates, surface finish, testing and quality assurance procedures for review prior to ordering. Comprehensive reliability data (Leak rate vs. Service time) shall be provided. Manufacturer’s pre-shipment cleaning and quality control procedures for tubing, fittings, and components shall be submitted to the Owner for approval. Submit cut sheets and summaries on the following: a. Valves
b. Regulators
c. Pressure Gauges
d. Check Valves
e. Filters
f. Tubing
g. Fittings
2. Manufactures pre-shipment cleaning and quality control procedures for tubing, fitting and components.
3. Catalog information pertaining to automatic tube butt-welding system to be used. 4. Certificate of pipe test results following installation shall be submitted to the owner for
approval per procedures listed below. 5. Welder certificates and qualifications.
C. Sub-contractor shall submit “Installation and Field Quality Control” procedures for review by the Owner prior to start of tubing system fabrication.
1. A map of testing points must be included for each system.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 4 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
D. The sub-contractor shall submit references for similar microelectronics wafer fabrication facility jobs completed within the last 3 years.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. This system is classified as a high purity system.
B. Stainless Steel Tubing Welding Qualifications: refer to requirements outlined in this specification for Qualification of Workers.
C. Engineering Responsibility: Engage a qualified professional engineer, who is legally qualified to practice in the jurisdiction where the project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated for this project in material, design and extent. Engineering services are defined as those performed for equipment and system design and installation, for the products and systems that are indicated within this specification.
D. Any deviations from the materials, cleaning, installation, testing, and certification requirements of this specification must be approved in writing by the owner.
E. The owner reserves the right to reject all or any part of the system that does not conform to the requirements of this specification. Any rejected material or equipment shall be replaced or reworked to conform to this specification at the contractor’s expense. Rework shall commence after obtaining prior approval from the owner. All re-tests are to be performed after re-work or replacement of any component in the delivery system. F. Extra Materials (Tool Hook-Up Only):
1. Provide one additional gas stick per type. 2. Furnish 5% of the total quantity of each filter but not less than one filter as spare unless one
week lead time is achievable.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CARRIER (CONVEYANCE) TUBING
A. Acceptable manufacturers (tubing)
1. Dockweiler; Evans Components, Inc.; 7606 SW Bridgeport Road; Portland, OR 97224; Phone: 971-249-1602.
2. Valex; Applied Energy Systems, Inc; 180 Quaker Lane; Malvern, PA 19355; Phone 610-647-8744.
3. Cardinal UHP; Rep.: Richard Ripley (E & S Technologies, Inc.); 197 Main Street; North Reading, MA 01846; Phone: 978-664-3344.
4. Swagelok Southwest, Rep.: Tim Sullivan; 1236 W Southern Ave, Tempe, AZ 85282; Phone: 602-268-4848
B. Carrier (Conveyance) Tubing for designated Gas Systems:
1. The High purity 316L tubing system shall consist of:
a. Main distribution headers
b. Branch headers on each side of the service chases, and as shown on process tubing drawings.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 5 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
c. For specialty gases, install tubing from manifold to tools, as shown on drawings.
d. Tubing diameters shall be as shown on drawing.
2. Each header shall also include spare connection, if shown on the drawings. Each spare connection shall have an isolation valve and cap.
3. Drops shall be included from branch headers to tool, only for tools to be installed as part of base build per Responsibility Matrix and as shown on drawing. Each drop shall include: a. An isolation valve located near the header
b. A point of use system consisting of:
1). Upstream, a point of use isolation valve 2). Check valve 3). A proper-range pressure regulator 4). A point of use filter
C. For all high purity gases, other than high purity process nitrogen, the UHP Gas tubing system shall commence at the gas source (gas manifold, or gas generating equipment) and shall be plumbed directly to the areas using the specific gas as shown on the distribution drawings listed in Part 1 of this specification.
1. Each non-hazardous gas shall be plumbed to the area of each tool use where it will be terminated with an isolation valve and cap.
D. Process tubing shall not add more than 0.5 ppm total hydrocarbons (THC), and shall add less than 8 particles (larger than 0.12 µm per CF) downstream of the filter, between bottle and output of point of use. All carrier tubing shall be seamless, 316L stainless steel, ASTM A 214, ASTM A 269, ASTM A 632; hydrogen bright annealed, with a 0.00% to 0.017% maximum Sulfur content. All tubing within a given size shall have the same heat number. Heat number shall be marked on each tube. Provide certification showing heat number and test method used as part of tubing submittal.
E. All tubing shall meet ASTM A-262 Practice E for intergranular corrosion resistance.
F. All seamless tubing shall conform to the permissible dimensional variations, per ASTM A269.
G. Nominal minimum wall thicknesses for the corresponding tube sizes are as follows:
TUBE SIZE Outer Diameter [Inch]
MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS [Inch]
1/ 4 0.035 3/8 0.035 ½ 0.049 5/8, 3/4, 1, 1 ½, 2, 2 ½, 3 0.065
H. Minimum Bend Radius. The minimum elbow (bend) radius for 45 and 90 degree bends (single wall tubing) shall be at least 10 times the inner tube diameter.
I. Tubing shall be supplied from manufacturer in a pre-cleaned condition, completely free of oils, greases, or other lubricants, mill and scale. Internal surfaces of tubing shall have a maximum surface roughness of 15 Ra micro inch for larger than 1 inch OD and a maximum surface roughness of 10 Ra micro inch for 1 inch or smaller OD, as determined in accordance with ANSI B46.1.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 6 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
J. Tubing shall be supplied with ends faced and ready for automatic butt weld systems.
K. Tubing ends shall be securely sealed using compression fittings with nylon furrels and left under positive Nitrogen pressure.
L. Tubing and all gas system components shall be packaged to maintain purity, finish, and cleanliness until time of installation. If components will not be connected to tool immediately, at time of installation, outputs are to be capped off.
2.2 INSULATION FOR OUTDOOR TUBING
A. The following shall apply to any trenched or underground tubing exterior to the building from the bulk nitrogen tank to the nitrogen skid.
1. Tubing shall be covered with insulation such that the stainless steel tubing will not be in direct contact with the earth or elements.
2. Basis of design is Polyethylene Jacketed Polyurethane Insulated Piping with Multi-layered Corrosion Protection intended for use with bulk gas piping systems or approved equal by Owner or Owner’s representative.
2.3 ISOLATION VALVES AND CHECK VALVES
A. ISOLATION VALVES for UHP gas service,
1. Diaphragm type, 316L stainless steel construction, 1.0 MPa max operating pressure, male face seal VCR Cajon inlet and outlet connections.
a. Swagelok LD or ELD Series Diaphragm Valves, ½, ¾ to 1” in size
b. Swagelok DP Series Diaphragm Valves, ¼” in size
c. Carten Controls SPDS Series Diaphragm Valves, ¼, 3/8, ½ and ¾” in size
d. AP Tech AP3600 Series Diaphragm Valves, ¼ and 3/8 in size
e. AP Tech AP3800 Series Diaphragm Valve , ½ in size
2. Bellows design for Ultra high Purity, Diaphragm type, 316L stainless steel construction, vacuum to 25 Bar max operating pressure, purged and final packaged in CLASS 1 cleanroom, double bag packaging with N2 gas, male face seal VCR Cajon inlet and outlet connections.
a. Carten Controls HB or HF Series Bellow Valves, 1”, 1.5”, 2.0”, 3.0”, 4.0”, 6.0” in size B.
CHECK VALVES for UHP gas service:
1. Swagelok CH Series Check valve, ¼, ½, and ¾ in size 2. Carten Controls CB Series Ultra-High purity Check Valve, ½, ¾ and 1” in size 3. AP Tech Series AP64, 1/4” in size C. Factory Quality Assurance:
1. Valves shall be electropolished to achieve less than or equal to 15 Ra microinch finish on all wetted surfaces.
2. Deliver all valves to the job site in unopened double polyethylene bags, heat-sealed and N2 purged.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 7 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
2.4 PRESSURE REGULATORS
A. Provide single stage regulator with type 316L stainless steel construction, convoluted diaphragm,
metal-to-metal seals and PCTFE seat. B. Pressure ratings:
1. Provide non-relieving regulator, 200 PSIG maximum inlet pressure rating, approximately 110 +/- 10 PSIG operating inlet pressure, 0-100 PSIG outlet pressure range.
2. If an additional regulator is required for high pressure nitrogen, provide non-relieving regulator, 700 PSIG maximum inlet pressure rating, approximately 700 +/- 10 PSIG operating inlet pressure, 250-700 PSIG outlet pressure range
C. Provide pressure regulators capable of regulating the services to the pressure and flow required as indicated, by equipment. Provide pressure regulators capable of regulating the services to the pressures required as indicated on the drawings.
D. Provide pressure regulators electropolished to achieve less than or equal to 15 Ra microinch finish on all wetted surfaces.
E. Provide pressure regulators that have been factory leak tested to a maximum leak rate of 1 X 10-9 std cm3/s Helium.
F. Provide electronic grade cleaning for all regulators, and deliver them to the job site in unopened
double polyethylene bags, purged with Nitrogen or Argon and heat-sealed. G. Acceptable
Manufacturers:
1. AP Tech Series AP 1200, ¼, 3/8, ½ and ¾” in size 2. Tescom 35 Series, ¾” in size
3. Swagelok HFM Series, manually adjustable, ¼” in size
2.5 PRESSURE GAUGES
A. Stainless steel case, stainless steel bushed movement and recalibrator, 2” dial, 270 degree arc, white face with black numerals, 1/ 4” female face seal back connection. Range for application at point of use per utility matrix, with operating range at mid span, helium leak tested at the factory to less than 1 X 10-9 std cm3/s and cleaned for Oxygen services in accordance with CGA Pamphlet G-4.1.
B. Provide pressure gauges as manufactured by Swagelok (PGU Series), Span Instruments OAS, Wikai or approved equal by Owner or Owner’s representative.
2.6 POINT OF USE PROCESS GAS FILTERS (TOOL HOOKUP ONLY)
A. Provide filter with particle removal rating greater than 99.9999999% at 0.003�m at maximum flow rate.
B. Provide type 316L stainless steel shell and fittings plasma fusion welded with all internal surfaces electropolished to 15 Ra (microinches) or better.
C. Provide filters with maximum inlet pressure of 150 PSIG at 20 C, 100% helium leak tested at maximum 1 X 10-9 std cm3/sec.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 8 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
D. Provide filters with VCR male face seal end connections for all sizes.
E. Acceptable Manufactures:
1. Swagelok Southwest 2. Mott Corporation GasShield POU Series 3. Mykrolis Waferguard II F-6 Series 4. Pall
2.7 FITTINGS AND CAPS
A. The number of fittings shall be kept to a minimum
B. VCR type fittings with non-reusable mechanical fittings shall be used (nickel or stainless gaskets only)
1. Fittings shall be welded where possible
C. Caps Basis of Design
1. ¼” plug = SS-4-VCR-P 2. ½” plug = SS-8-VCR-P
D. Approved vendors
1. Swagelok – not the reusable type 2. Ham-let 3. Parker 4. Dockweiler
2.8 CLEANING CHEMICALS AND PURGE GASES
A. All chemicals used in all cleaning procedures shall comply with SEMI-Standards “low mobile ion” grade. The following specification shall apply:
1. C1 STD 15-79 IPA Electronic Grade
a. Assay (CH3CH0HCH3) 99.5% MIN
2. Hot D.I. Water 18 Meg ohm resistivity rinse, blow dry with UHP grade Argon or Nitrogen. 3. Cleaning chemicals, gases, and D.I. water will be provided by contractor.
a. MSDS’s of all chemicals used and quantities stored at the job site must be submitted to the Owner for review and approval.
4. Acceptable Manufacturers (Cleaning Chemicals):
a. J.T. Baker Chemical
b. Allied Chemical
c. Mallinckrodt
d. Dupont
5. Non CFC alternate cleaning may be provided by contractor. However, chemical specifications must be supplied to the Owner for approval prior to use.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 9 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
B. Purge Gases
1. Where references to gases are made throughout this Section of the Specifications, the clean, dry, high purity gases to be utilized for packaging, purging, cleaning, drying, pressurizing, and testing shall meet or exceed the following purity specifications. Gas tolerances are to be less than or equal to:
Argon
99.999% 40-60% Helium in Ar 99.9999%
Nitrogen99.999% Electronics Grade
[ppm]
[ppm]
[ppm]
O2 2 1 1 H2 1 Na 1 H20 1 1 1 CO + CO2 0.5 1 N/A CO N/A 1 1 CO2 N/A N/A 0.2 Dew P -110F -110F -110F Solids N/A N/A < 0.2 um
2. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Airgas
3. Purge gases used shall be at least of UHP Grade, and filtered through dual 0.2 micron filters so that they contain no more than 10 particles/cubic foot of 0.5 um diameter or larger.
4. All gases shall be certified to meet the above requirements and shall be supplied by the Subcontractor and verified by the Owner.
5. The filter housing shall be a 316L stainless steel assembly having an electropolished 15 Ra micro inch interior finish and an all Teflon or Ceramic membrane, membrane support, core, end caps, and seals. Cartridge shall be single open end bayonet type.
6. Other filter arrangements may be used only with prior written approval from the Owner. Prior to use, all filters shall be field verified by Sub-contractor to verify manufacturers specified performance meet all above specifications
7. Tubing used by contractor, for welding, purging, and testing operations shall be nonparticulating, nonoutgassing material such as Perfluoro Alkoxy Fluorocarbon (PFA), or electropolished 316L stainless steel tubing as herein specified. Rubber shall not be used. Tubing selected shall be approved for use by the Owner. Prior to use, tubing shall be rinsed with above specified materials (IPA) and dried with N2.
2.9 LAB GLOVES
A. Clean poly or latex gloves shall be worn for all assembly, and shall be of low-particulate, lowextractable, high strength design and manufacture, and compatible with all chemicals used. Gloves shall provide flexibility, fit, and strength. Gloves to be used shall be approved by the Owner.
2.10 MATERIAL HANDLING
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 10 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
A. Only new material shall be used. Any used or defective material shall be immediately labeled and removed from the site. All material and equipment shall be handled and stored, throughout the progress of the job in such a manner as to prevent damage and/or contamination (all tubing ends to be capped and all outputs to capped). Any material or equipment that becomes damaged and/or contaminated on handling on the job shall not be used, and removed from the job site.
2.11 TOOL HOOK-UP MATERIALS
A. Each gas connection to a tool is designated by a stick number. The parts associated with each stick number can be found on the Piping Component Matrix Gas Systems drawing, see Section 1.1.
B. Stick dimensions and configurations can be found on the Piping Component Stick Details Gas Systems drawing, see Section 1.1.
C. Sticks to be prefabricated off-site in a Class 100 Environment.
D. Sticks to be individually bagged and boxed, with the stick number identified on both the bag and
box. Each stick to be identified with brass tag. Tag not to be removed from stick. E. Quality
Assurance per Section 3.11.
1. Perform Helium Leak Test instead of 24 hour pressure test. F.
Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Swagelok Southwest, Arizona Valve and Fitting 2. Or Approved Equal by Owner or Owner’s representative. 3. Basis of Design: Swagelok Southwest, Arizona Valve and Fitting
G. Flexible Tubing: highly flexible PFA hose, range of 1/4” to 1” with working pressure up to 275 psig; cleaned in accordance with Swagelok Cleaning and Packaging SC-11 or equivalent; and appropriate adapter for final connection per tool requirements outlined in the drawings.
1. Basis of Design
a. Swagelok PFA Series Tubing
2. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. Swagelok
b. Entegris
c. Saint-Gobain
d. Zeus Inc.
e. Norell Inc.
f. Or Approved Equal by Owner or Owner’s Representative
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FACTORY CHEMICAL CLEANING
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 11 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
A. Procedure: Tubing shall be cleaned in strict accordance with manufacturer’s approved procedures.
B. After cleaning, great care must be exercised in the storage and handling of all materials and in the condition of tools using in the cutting or reaming to prevent oil, grease, or dirt from being introduced into the tubing. Where such contamination is known to have occurred, the materials affected must be discarded.
3.2 QUALIFICATION OF WORKERS
A. Only experienced, competent, and properly certified workers shall be employed on the job.
B. The contractor and all personnel working with high purity systems shall have substantial experience in installing 316L stainless steel, orbital butt-welded systems equal to or better that the specifications as herein stated within the last 3 years in a microelectronics wafer fabrication facility. Welder certificates and qualifications of each worker shall be provided to the Owner and approval shall be obtained prior to starting work.
C. The contractor shall provide welders who are certified, trained and have had previous experience in performing welding inert gas systems in the Semiconductor industry. Names and certification shall be provided to the Owner representatives for written approval prior to any operation being performed on any system covered by this specification. The Owner reserves the right to have any and all welders retested and certified at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. All welders shall be certified for manual welding to meet AR-1 level of acceptance in accordance with AWS D-10, 9-69 and ASME Section IX, and shall have completed a comprehensive training course on the operation of the equipment and procedures outlined in this section of the specification. Proof of current certification must be supplied on request.
E. Sub-contractor or Owner shall be responsible to train workers on safety protocols and to enforce these protocols.
3.3 WELDING EQUIPMENT
A. Contractor shall purchase equipment and supplies not provided by the Owner, which are needed to perform the work. Equipment shall include, but not be limited to, power supply, properly sized welding heads, remote controls, and water-cooling system.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance and upkeep of the welding equipment during the construction period. Sample welds are to be sent to an independent testing service once per week, the results are then to be sent to the Owner.
C. The welding process utilized shall be the “Gas Tungsten Arc” method. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing Argon gas for welding and purging as specified in paragraph 2.7-B, as well as all consumable such as electrodes.
D. Welding shall be field fabricated Orbital welding method.
3.4 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Tools used for high purity tubing system fabrication and installation shall be new and unused, kept separate from other tools, and used exclusively for working on the high purity tubing system.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 12 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
B. Tools shall be cleaned at the start of each shift with IPA and dried with pure filtered Nitrogen. Tools are not to be placed on the floor or on any contaminating surface.
3.5 STORAGE
A. Upon delivery to the job site, all valves, regulators, fittings, and tubing, etc. shall be stored in a Sub-contractor furnished temperature and humidity controlled environment. This area shall be located away from heavy work areas and shall remain clean at all times to the Owner’s satisfaction.
3.6 WORKMANSHIP
A. All work for high purity tubing systems shall be done in a competent and workmanship like manner using the best manufacturing practice and latest techniques of the trade. All overhead or wall mounted lines are to be braced to prevent line sag.
B. Only qualified welders shall install high purity tubing systems.
3.7 LAB PROCEDURES
A. Welders, fitters, and helpers involved with the fabrication and installation of the tubing system shall wear approved lab garments and gloves always. Gloves shall be changed during a shift if torn or unusual soiling occurs. In any case, gloves shall be changed as frequently as necessary to maintain clean conditions; hands are to be washed after eating prior donning clean gloves. Valves and fittings shall be used immediately upon being individually unpacked. No further attempt at cleaning shall be made.
B. All tubing, fittings and system components shall be protected from contamination at all times. Any system component that is contaminated during fabrication and installation shall be replaced with a new, clean item. No attempt to reclean contaminated components shall be made in the field.
C. Strict attention shall be paid to progress of assembly to insure that ends of the system and components are not left exposed to the environment when work is not in progress.
3.8 FABRICATION
A. End preparation:
1. When a section of tubing is to be cut from a length, it shall be cleaned on each side of the intended cutoff point and wiping of the surface shall be wiped clean with lint-free cloth and IPA before cutting with cleaned cutter wheel.
2. Pipe tube, fittings, and cutting tools shall be maintained scrupulously clean. The cutting tools for carbon steel and copper must not be used on any stainless steel tools.
3. Tubing shall be cut with ends square and true to size using sharp-wheeled cutters. Hack Saws or similar type cutting tools shall not be used. All burrs must be removed.
4. A weld prep tool shall be used which is capable of making a square butt. The tool (i.e., TriTool) shall produce a clean close tolerance fit up so that an acceptable butt-weld can be made. Perform all facing operations outside the lab in the horizontal position and purge tubing continuously with Nitrogen. B. Alignment and Spacing:
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 13 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
1. Align ends to be joined within existing commercial tolerances on diameters. A maximum of 0.02 inch mismatch may be allowed on all stainless steel butt to butt welds.
C. Welding Procedures:
1. All stainless steel lines for the high purity tubing system shall be welded using automatic tube welders (acceptable automatic tube welders: (Arc Machine, Astro-Arc, Creative Pathways, or equivalent) gas-Tungsten-arc welding process). Using 100% Argon shielding and back up purge. A constant current power supply equipped with high frequency starting and remote foot control is required for all manual welds. During welding, all gas lines and the welding head must be continuously purged with Ar and allowed to escape to atmosphere through a restrictor. If a welded joint is not more than 6 inches away from the end of purged line, an extension will be required with a restrictor. For each purge restrictor, use a gas flow meter set to a minimum flow of Argon gas as noted below. Allow sufficient time to purge the line prior to welding, but in all cases, use sufficient purge gas to prevent oxidation:
Minimum Purge Rates [SCFH]: 1 /4” and 3/8”……………….….5 1 /2” and 3 /4” to 1”………….10
2. Sufficient purge gas shall be used to carry off vapors. When purging, use Argon for stainless steel lines.
3. Just prior to installation, inspect each sealed tube length. Any tubing that has lost its charge must be recleaned prior to use.
4. Lines shall never be left without positive pressure. Temporary compression caps with nylon ferrules may be used to cap tees and used to contain the purge to minimize Argon consumption for overnight and weekends. These fittings shall be cleaned and recleaned and rebagged after each use.
5. All welded joints, which show evidence of overheating, cracking, poor penetration or other defects of fit-up workmanship shall be subject to removal and replacement as described hereafter.
6. If the system becomes contaminated due to fabrication technique, the Sub-contractor shall replace the system, at the Sub-contractor’s expense, after the section is welded, and no further work is being done on the system for a period of time, (such as the end of the working day or weekend), the purge restrictor may be taped or closed with a Swagelok compression fitting with a 1 /4” hole for purge but always keeping a slight positive pressure in line, so that if a leak develops during the inactive period, the system will not lose its inert purge.
7. Each welder shall identify his/her production joint by marking his/her regularly assigned identification symbol on the tube adjacent to the joint at the time the joint is made.
3.9 COMPONENTS
A. Install all valves, regulators, filters etc. to insure ease of operation and maintenance.
B. Install pressure gauges on pressure regulators downstream gauge port to insure ease of viewing and maintenance.
3.10 IDENTIFICATION OF TUBING AND VALVES
A. All tubing and valves shall be labeled as indicated in Specification 22 05 53 –Plumbing Identification.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 14 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
B. All tubing under ¾ inches shall be labeled as required in Specification 22 05 53 –Plumbing Identification. All labels will have lettering not less than 3/8 inches high and not less than 6 inches in length.
C. Snap around labels are not acceptable.
D. High purity gases shall be labeled with the full gas name and an arrow indicating direction of flow.
3.11 ACCEPTANCE TESTING AND START-UP
A. Equipment and Materials
1. Leak Detector: Leybold Heraeus, Ultra Test-F, Portable Helium Leak Detector or Ownerapproved equal or better. Instrument sensitivity shall be at least 6X10-9 [Atm CC/sec] as determined in accordance with American Vacuum Society Standard T.S. 2.1. Catalog information pertaining to the unit selected shall be submitted to the Owner for review.
2. Gas Analysis:
a. Purity: Detailed information pertaining to the instruments and methods to be used in performing the gas analyses for purity certification of the distribution system shall be submitted to the Owner for review prior to testing.
B. Testing Pressurization
1. Argon or Nitrogen shall be used for pressurization of the distribution systems. 2. The purge gas shall be filtered immediately before introduction into the tubing system.
Filtration and connection to tubing system shall be as specified for Nitrogen. 3. Argon or Nitrogen gas shall be used for testing of the gas distribution systems. 4. Lines of the system shall be tested for pressurization.
C. Leak Test (For UHP Gas Carrier Tube)
1. Prior to testing, the gas systems shall be thoroughly inspected to assure compliance with flow diagrams.
2. Remove or isolate all pressure gauges except test gauge and plug tubing connections for pressure test. Reinstall all pressure gauges after acceptance of pressure test.
3. Pressurize the system with Argon at 150 PSI at 22+/-1 Deg C static test pressure for a period of not less than 24 hours. During this period of time, the gas source is to be isolated from the gas line. With the presence of Owner, and at predetermined locations, start Static Test Period, using approved, calibrated instrumentation, record the system name and signature at the start of the static test period. Record the same data at 8-hour intervals and the finish of the static test period. Records must be checked and signed, on site, by Owner. Records shall be then submitted to Owner for review.
4. System pressure shall not decrease during the 24-hour testing period. So long as room temperature does not change.
5. If the lines leak back the system shall be filled with 60% Argon 40% Helium mixture at 140 psig. Using a Helium leak detector (as mentioned above) leak check the line and mark all of the leaks for repair. After completion of repairs, the system shall be retested as herein before specified until pressure is maintained for a 24-hour period without decay.
6. With the presence of Owner, Sub-contractor shall provide final Helium leak test of each orbital butt weld joint, valve, and VCR connections to 1 X 10 E-8 atm cm3/sec.
7. Upon successful completion of the leak test, proceed with the particulate test.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 15 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
8. If any additional welding is performed within the system, the above leak check procedure is to be repeated, for a zone as mutually agreed by Owner and Sub-contractor.
D. Particulate Test (For UHP Gas Carrier Tube)
1. General Statement: All tests must be conducted with an on site, official Owner. This representative must sign all records and due documentation.
a. Upon successful completion of leak testing procedures, the system shall be cycle purged to displace the Argon/Helium mix with pure Argon and then immediately undergo particulate testing while the system remains pressurized with Argon.
b. Owner or owner’s representative must be present and witness the particulate testing operation.
c. Testing shall be performed by the Owner-approved testing and inspection agency provided by contractor. Testing methodology shall be submitted to the Owner for review prior to testing. Testing shall consist of withdrawal of an appropriate volume of gas from the High Purity Tubing System at the points indicated by the Owner or the Owner’s Representative prior to installation of the filter. Particle counters shall be one of the following, Laser Counter (LC), or Condensation Nucleus Counters (CNC), and operated only by experienced competent qualified personnel having at least one (1) year experience performing particulate test on High Purity Tubing Systems in a Microelectronics Wafer Fabrication Facility.
1). Acceptable Particle Test results for gas leaving the tubing system shall be:
Particles size [um]
ACCEPTABLE NUMBER OF PARTICLES/CFM
0.1 – 0.3 < 08 0.3 – 0.5 < 05 0.5 – 1.0 < 02 > 1.0 < 00
E. Analytical Test for Purity (UHP Gas Carrier Tube)
1. Upon completion of the tests listed above the line is to be purged with Nitrogen to allow for all of the purge gas to be removed, the contractor shall make all necessary arrangements for analyzing the purity of the systems. This testing shall be done by a certified analyticalchemistry testing laboratory such as Quality Assurance Management (QAM), Purity Systems, Inc., FST Technical Services, Intertek Caleb Brett, Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., or other. Sub-contractor’s QA/QC inspector shall assist as needed.
2. Analytical test shall be made of the gas entering the tubing system and leaving the tubing system at the termination of each tubing run.
3. Nitrogen test gas entering the tubing system must meet the specification stated above. Test gas flows through the pipe systems during the testing shall be 15 +/-5 CFH, or as described below for specific tests.
4. Acceptable methods and results for gas leaving the tubing system shall be:
Subject GAS
Content Method of Analysis
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 22 63 13.33 University of Connecticut HIGH PURITY 316L STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE WALL TUBING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 16 OF 16
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
Nitrogen O2 CO2 CO H2 H2O THC
99.999+% 2 ppm < 1 ppm < 2 ppm < 1 ppm 1 ppm <0.5 ppm
Portable O2 Shaw or equivalent. Flame Ionization GCA. GCA of Residue in activated charcoal filter that was on the line for 1 hr at approximately 1 LPM flow rate.
5. All failing pipe runs shall be clearly marked and documented. Repeated cycle purging of failing lines, retesting for fine leaks, and cutting samples of failed lines for SEM analysis may be required, in conjunction with retesting for purity.
a. All test data shall be promptly submitted to Owner for any and all testing on all high purity 316L Stainless Steel Single Wall Tubing.
6. Items identified as defective shall be replaced, as appropriate, and in accordance with this specification.
7. Upon completion of repairs, the gas line system shall be retested as specified above.
F. Quality Assurance: Each high purity stainless steel tubing system shall comply with the following:
1. Leak Rate: System leak rate is not to exceed 3.0 x 10 E-8 cm3/sec. This is the final leak rate for the line and all components (total of all individual valve and weld rates).
2. Individual component leak rate is not to exceed 1.0 x 10 E-8 atm. cm3/sec. 3. Particulate: No particle greater than 1.0 micron diameter and no more than 8 particles/cubic
foot of 0.1 micron or larger. 4. Purity: Points of use and end of main total residual gas impurities shall be as indicated above. 5. The process nitrogen system must be capable of supporting nitrogen Grade 5.5 per SEMI
C3..29-96, at the point of use. If grade 5.6 or higher nitrogen is required, additional point of use purification can be used.
END OF SECTION
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 36 14 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS AIR VALVES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 1 OF 11
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
SECTION 23 36 14 - SPECIALTY LABS AIR VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED WORK
A. Division 01 - Submittal Procedures
B. Section 115313 – Specialty Labs Fume Hoods
C. Section 230500 – Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
D. Section 230593 – Testing Adjusting and Balancing
E. Section 230713 – Duct Insulation
F. Section 233319 – Sound Attenuators
G. Section 233363 – Air Flow Measuring Station
H. Section 233600 – Air Terminal Boxes
I. Section 238214 – Specialty Labs Heating and Cooling Terminal Devices
J. Section 250902 – Specialty Labs Control Valves
K. Section 250993 – Specialty Labs Sequence of Operations and Points List
L. Section 251000 – Digital Direct Auto Temp Controls
M. Section 253523 – DDC CFM Tracking Terminal Devices
N. Section 255000 – Instrumentation Terminal Devices
O. SL series drawings
1.2 REFERENCE
A. Work under this Section is subject to requirements of Contract Documents including General Conditions of the Contract, Supplementary Conditions, and sections under Division 01 General Requirements.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. This specification is for procurement and installation of air valves assemblies, complete with
air valves, fume hood controllers, fume hood sash sensors, electric/pneumatic transducers, air valve controllers, control wiring, and all accessories required, except where otherwise specified, to provide complete and functional system. System shall include all equipment necessary to control fume hoods, air terminals, sound attenuators, and reheat coils as specified in control sequences included in specification Section 250993 – Specialty Labs Sequence of Operations and Points List, with exception of furnishing and installing reheat coil control valves. Controls shall be integrated with building BAS system. Reheat coil control valves to be furnished and installed by Mechanical Contractor. Refer to Specification Section 250902 – Specialty Labs Control Valves.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 36 14 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS AIR VALVES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 2 OF 11
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
B. Air terminal devices shall be installed in the ductwork system by contractor. Air valve Manufacturer shall coordinate delivery and installation schedule of air terminal devices with Mechanical and Controls Contractor.
C. Contractor shall prepare coordination drawings as specified in Section 230500 – Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. As part of this effort, this Contractor shall provide locations of control components, review schedule for preparation of Coordination Drawings, and attend meetings as required to assist in preparation of documents, and actively participate to resolve layout issues in timely manner.
D. This specification applies to all Specialty Lab spaces. See SL series drawings.
E. Air valve systems shall be completely engineered, cataloged, and factory coordinated by a single manufacturer, with the system installed by and set-up by an authorized factory representative.
F. Air valves shall be delivered in sizes and quantities scheduled with individual identification for volume set-up and adjustment. Universal identification labels shall be provided for field installation and marking.
G. Air terminal manufacturer, or designated representative, shall verify air terminal device performance and adjust or replace device within warranty period when it is determined that air terminal has malfunctioned.
H. Where drawings indicate air terminals and reheat coils are used together to control space temperature, reheat coils shall meet the capacity requirements listed in the air terminal schedules. Coordinate with Mechanical Contractor prior to bids to determine who furnishes and installs reheat coils.
I. Field installation of devices shall be done under the direct supervision of the manufacturer. Field installation of associate wiring and tubing shall be the responsibility of the contractor and shall comply with Section 15900 requirements.
J. Air valve control system shall openly communicate with the BAS system. Specialty Laboratory contractor shall coordinate with the BAS contractor to provide compatible communications protocol with BAS system. Specialty Laboratory contractor and BAS contractor shall coordinate purchasing of software and hardware integration devices to communicate between the systems.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Division 01 - Submittal Procedures
B. Submit Shop Drawings for all supply, general exhaust, and fume exhaust air terminals, actuators, sash sensors, fume hood controllers/monitors, controllers, control wiring, and all accessories. Shop drawings shall be complete in all respects and shall include, but not be limited to the following:
1. Manufacturer's printed product data sheets indicating name and model number of all pieces of equipment.
2. Name, address and phone number of supplier.
3. Name, address and phone number of local representative.
4. Identification as referenced in documents.
5. Capacity/ratings and dimensional data.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 36 14 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS AIR VALVES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 3 OF 11
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
6. Materials of construction and installation requirements.
7. Dimensions and weights
8. Supply and exhaust valve certified sound data for both casing discharge and radiated sound levels from 125 through 4000 Hz as tested in accordance with Air Diffusion Council (ADC) Test Standard 1062 R4 or ARI Industry Standard 88.
9. Accessories
C. Bill of material identifying actual product model number used for each control device for each schematic drawing.
D. Control drawings with graphic representation of system components. Identify controlled devices as referenced on plans with unique valve and damper tag numbers.
E. Electrical characteristics indicating any field wiring which is to be performed by others, type of signal wiring, and installation methods including raceway type and grounding method.
F. Supply and exhaust air terminal certified sound data for both casing discharge and radiated
sound levels from 125 through 8000 Hz as tested in accordance with ASHRAE/ANSI
Standard 130, S12.12 or AHRI Standard 880. G. Instrument specifications.
H. Controller description.
I. System/network architecture configuration diagram showing all controller / control panel types and locations and interconnecting wiring and interface points, as coordinated with BAS.
J. Written control sequences describing method of control, alarms, setpoints referenced to tag number of device. Refer to 250993 Specialty Labs Sequence of Operations and Points List.
K. Outline drawing showing overall dimension, component location and spacing, and interfacing connections sizes and locations.
L. Identify setpoint or adjustable control range for each control device.
M. Shop Drawings and complete equipment and software descriptions shall be submitted in sufficient detail to assess equipment’s conformance to this specification and physical size of equipment.
N. Organize submittal with table of contents and tabs for each section arranged by logical groups of devices.
1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Unit manufacturer, or his designated representative, will be required to verify air terminal device performance and adjust or replace device(s) within warranty period when it is determined that problem exists in area served by device(s).
B. Actuators and linkages shall be furnished and factory installed by Laboratory Temperature and Airflow Control Manufacturer.
C. Standard actuator of manufacturer is acceptable provided it meets criteria specified herein.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 36 14 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS AIR VALVES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 4 OF 11
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
D. Actuator and its controller shall be calibrated and either factory set or field set through TAB work for scheduled airflow rates. Air terminals shall be capable of field calibration and readjustment with external gauge taps.
E. Refer to Air Terminal Device schedules for definition of minimum inlet static pressure requirement for each air terminal device as well as sizing criteria.
F. Provide all components not specifically indicated or specified, but necessary to make system function within intent of specification and in accordance with control sequences specified in Section 250993 – Specialty Labs Sequence of Operations and Points List.
G. Size all control apparatus including all air terminals to provide stable control of systems and equipment served throughout specified operating range.
H. Any devices subject to corrosion, such as in fume exhaust ducts, shall be provided with appropriate corrosion protection.
1.6 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All materials and workmanship described herein shall be in accordance with latest addition and addenda of codes and standards listed below:
1. AMCA Air Movement and Control Association
2. AHRI Air Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute
3. ASTM American Standards Testing and Materials
4. NEC National Electrical Code
5. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
6. NFPA National Fire Protection Association
7. UL Underwriters Laboratories
B. All work shall also comply with latest edition of Connecticut State Building Code.
1.7 ADJUSTMENT, PERFORMANCE TEST AND CERTIFICATION
A. After completion of installation, regulate and adjust all equipment provided in this contract as outlined in Completion Check List.
B. Conduct complete performance test for all systems to assure compliance with contract documents. Any components on systems found defective or not performing satisfactorily shall be readjusted and retested after necessary corrective measures are performed. Corrective measures may include modification or addition of equipment and devices, control strategies and/or software program.
C. Provide written certification signed by applicable person(s) for incorporation in O&M manuals
stating date when successful completion of performance tests is achieved. Letter shall verify all controls are installed and software programs have been completely exercised for proper equipment operation.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Warrant all work, materials, equipment, and controls against defects in workmanship and material per Article 42 of General Conditions and provide service for period of 1 yr from date of final acceptance by Owner.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 36 14 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS AIR VALVES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 5 OF 11
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
B. Replace any defective workmanship or material developing within that time as soon as possible at no charge to Owner.
C. After completion of installation, manufacturer shall regulate and adjust equipment provided in this contract prior to final acceptance.
1.9 OWNER TRAINING
A. Controls contractor shall have designated representative available to monitor/modify lab control systems after systems have been started and are regularly used until Owner has completed on-site training specified.
B. Provide minimum of 24 hrs of on-site training to Owner’s representatives. Conduct training sessions during normal working hours after system start-up and acceptance by owner. Scheduling of training session(s) will be established by Owner and shall include both classroom and hands-on training. Portions of training may be performed before system is completely operational, but no sooner than 1 month before system is planned to be fully operational. Final training session shall be held after systems are complete, including all graphics programming.
C. Training sessions shall include, but not be limited to, the following topics:
1. Explanation of control sequences. Include which sensors are used and how output device operates.
2. Explanation of control drawings and manuals, including symbols, abbreviations, and overall organization.
3. Walk-through of Project to identify controller locations and general routing of network cabling.
4. Review of operation and maintenance of hardware devices including controllers, instruments, and sensors. Include schedule for routine maintenance.
D. Instructions on how to monitor and operate system hardware and software, and how to change system set points, flow rates, etc and respond to alarms.
E. Review interface for troubleshooting using operator interface device.
F. Training sessions shall be conducted during separate visits to site from site visits for system adjustment, performance test and certification.
1.10 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Refer to Division 01 - General Requirements
B. Operating and maintenance manuals shall provide descriptions of maintenance on all system components including sensors and controlled devices. These shall include inspection requirements, periodic preventative maintenance, cleaning methods and materials, troubleshooting guide, calibration instructions and tolerances, repair parts lists, and manufacturer representative’s name, address, and phone number.
C. O&M Manuals shall also include interconnection wiring diagrams with identified and numbered system components and devices.
D. In addition to the general content specified under Discussion 01 supply the following additional documentation:
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 36 14 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS AIR VALVES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 6 OF 11
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 181685 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
1. Lubrication instructions, including list/frequency of lubrication.
2. Tubing and wiring identification table.
3. List settings for all setpoints utilized, including high and low limits for each.
4. List of ordinary and special tools, operating materials/supplies, and test equipmentnecessary for operation and maintenance.
5. As-built wiring diagrams for each sensor and actuator type and installation.
6. As-built communications/network wiring between devices and overall BMS LAN.
7. Approved contractor completion checklist.
1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Refer to Division 01 - General Requirements
B. Submit revised Shop Drawings indicating all changes made during project including any changes to operating sequences or setpoints.
C. Update control diagrams to include all tuning parameters and setpoints applicable to systems as depicted as of date of system completion. This information shall be incorporated with sequence of operation of each system.
D. Record actual locations of control components including control units, temperature/humidity sensors, air terminals and any controlled devices on As-Built ductwork/piping plans provided by Mechanical Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Materials shall be new and unused and free from defects and imperfections.
B. Laboratory airflow system shall employ individual Average Face Velocity controllers that directly measure area of fume hood sash opening and proportionally control hood's exhaust airflow in variable volume mode to maintain constant face velocity over minimum range of 25 to 100 % of full sash opening. Safety and energy savings shall be insured through corresponding minimum change in hood exhaust flow of 16 to 1.
C. Electrically actuated terminal units shall be pressure independent with airflow accuracy of 5% over airflow range of terminal. Air terminal units shall be balanced to conform to requirements of Section 230593 – Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing.
D. Laboratory airflow control system shall use volumetric offset to maintain room pressurization. See SL series drawings.
E. Vertical sash sensor shall be provided to measure height of each vertically moving fume hood sash. Horizontal sash sensor shall be provided for each pair of horizontal or overlapping sashes that are located on horizontal, combination, or walk-in type fume hoods. Operational life of sensors shall be minimum of 250,000 cycles. Sash sensors mounted on fume hood sashes shall extend to within 1/8" or less of the edge of the sash trim edge.
F. Provide an individual fume hood controller for each fume hood, which shall maintain face velocity set point in response to sash position. Controller shall maintain constant average
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 36 14 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS AIR VALVES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 7 OF 11
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 181685 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
face velocity as fume hood sashes are opened and closed. Controller shall modulate exhaust airflow between minimum and maximum air flow rates scheduled in Air Terminal Device Schedules.
2.2 AIR VALVES AND ACCESSORIES
A. General:
1. The following requirements apply to products manufactured by Phoenix Controls
Corporation or Accuvalve.
B. Air Terminal Devices - General:
1 Air terminals shall pressure independent linearized venture type over a 0.3” or 0.6 to 3.0” WG as scheduled, drop across the air terminal. An integral pressure independent assembly shall respond and maintain specific airflow within one second
of a change in duct static pressure irrespective of the magnitude of pressure and/or flow change or quantity of airflow controllers on a manifold system.
2 Airflow accuracy shall be 5% of airflow (not velocity pressure) over an airflow
turndown range of no less than 10 to 1.
C. Supply and General Exhaust Air Terminals:
1. Air terminals for non-corrosive airstreams, such as supply and general exhaust air,shall be constructed of 16 ga aluminum. The air terminal’s shaft and shaft supportbrackets shall be made of 316 stainless steel. The pivot arm and internal mountingbrackets shall be made of a combination of aluminum and stainless steel. Thepressure independent springs shall be of combination 302 and 316 stainless steel.All shaft bearing surfaces shall be made of a Teflon or Celenex composite.
2. Provide external insulation of each supply air terminal device with 3/8” minimum fiberfree closed cell insulation by manufacturer.
D. Supply Air Terminals for noise critical spaces as scheduled.
1. Supply air terminals shall be constructed of 16 ga aluminum or 20 ga galvanizedsteel. Damper blade shall be minimum 20 ga galvanized steel. Bearings hall becomposite Teflon or Teflon infused aluminum. Supply terminal air leakage shall notexceed 5% of design airflow at 4"WG positive static pressure.
2. Provide internal thermal insulation faced with minimum 0.001" aluminum foil.Insulation shall be compressed glass fiber with minimum 1" thick, 4 lb density with3.5R value. Secure liner by full seam length, galvanized steel angles or Z-strips,which enclose and seal all edges. Tape or adhesive will not be acceptable.
E. Exhaust Air Terminals for noise critical spaces as scheduled.
1. Exhaust terminals, except general exhaust terminals, shall be constructed ofminimum 316 stainless steel. Damper shaft shall be solid stainless steel with Teflonbearings. Damper blade shall be minimum 16 ga, 316 stainless steel. Damper shaftshall be 1/2" diameter, continuous, solid 316 stainless steel. Damper bearings shallbe Teflon. Air flow sensor shall be 316 stainless steel construction.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 36 14 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS AIR VALVES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 8 OF 11
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 181685 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
2. General exhaust terminals shall be constructed of minimum 20 ga galvanized steel.Damper blade shall be minimum 20 ga galvanized steel. Damper bearings shall beTeflon.
F. Fume Exhaust Air Terminals:
1. Air terminals for corrosive airstreams, such as fume hood, snorkel, flammablestorage cabinet and equipment exhaust shall have minimum 16 ga aluminum with 2baked-on coats of Heresite P-403, 5 mils minimum thickness. Air terminal’s shaftand shaft support brackets shall be made of 316 stainless steel. Pivot arm andinternal mounting brackets shall be made of a combination of aluminum and 316Lstainless steel. Pressure independent springs shall be of combination 302 and 316stainless steel. All shaft bearing surfaces shall be made of Teflon or Celenexcomposite.
G. Air Terminal Actuators
1. For VAV operation, electric actuator shall be factory mounted to air terminal. Loss ofcontrol power shall cause exhaust air terminals to fail open to maximum scheduleddesign flow unless indicated otherwise and supply air terminals to fail to minimumscheduled design flow unless indicated otherwise. Constant volume air terminalsrequire actuators and shall have control signal to/from controllers.
2. Actuators shall be fast acting for all Specialty Laboratory areas.
H. Certification
1. Each air terminal shall be factory calibrated to job specific airflows as detailed onplans and specifications using NIST traceable air stations and instrumentation havingcombined accuracy of at least 1% of signal over entire range of measurement.
2. Air terminals shall be individually marked with air terminal specific model number,and quality control inspection numbers. Information shall be stored on computer CDdiskette in ASCII Format by manufacturer for future retrieval or for hard copy printoutto be included with as-built documentation.
I. Air Terminal Controllers:
1. Controller shall use electronic-based, closed loop control to regulate airflow.
2. Response time to vary air terminal’s airflow to within 90% of its commanded setpointvalue shall be no more than one (1) second with less than 5% undershoot orovershoot.
J. Fume Hood Controller:
1. Provide for each fume hood an individual fume hood controller, which shall maintainface velocity setpoint (adjustable) in response to sash position. Controller shallmaintain constant average velocity as fume hood sash is raised and lowered, ormoved horizontally. The controller shall calculate average face velocity from exhaustCFM and hood open area. This face velocity is compared to the setpoint to calculatethe required exhaust air flow. The actual airflow must be measured and used forcontrol.
2. Controller shall be UL 916 Listed.
3. Controller shall support fume hood sash configurations utilized in this project.Coordinate with fume hood manufacturer.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 36 14 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS AIR VALVES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 9 OF 11
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
4. Initial setpoint for face velocity shall be 100 fpm with 18” sash open height for all hoods except radioisotope hoods, which have setpoint of 125 fpm at 18” sash open height.
5. Provide general alarm output for use with auxiliary devices.
6. Momentary or extended losses of power shall not change or affect any of control system's setpoints, calibration settings, or emergency exhaust mode status. After power returns system shall continue operation exactly as before without need for operator intervention. Under no circumstances shall loss of power command exhaust system to full flow upon return of power.
7. Coordinate with fume hood manufacturer. See 115313 Specialty Labs Fume Hoods.
K. Fume Hood Monitor:
1. A FHM 430-ENG fume hood monitor shall be provided for each fume hood to comply with laboratory safety standards. Standard Operation: Fume hood is operating within acceptable tolerance levels (Face Velocity = SETPOINT +/-15%)
2. Standby Operation: (Setback feature based on hood zone presence sensor OR time of day is when configured into system)
3. Caution / Low Flow Alert (also triggers integral audible alarm) as derived by:
a. Insufficient exhaust static pressure as indicated by PDS (integral to controller) across VEV-(*) Static Pressure < 0.6 IN WC.
b. Inferred air flow (as indicated by integral actuator position feedback sensor) does not match controller output.
c. Emergency Exhaust Alert (also triggers integral audible alarm): hood is operating in Emergency Exhaust Mode as initiated by integral Emergency Exhaust pushbutton on FHM.
4. Device shall provide the following control functions:
a. Alarm mute: Integral pushbutton to silence the audible alarm except during emergency purge mode. During a non-emergency mode, the audible alarm shall re-activate if it has not cleared after a 10 to 15 minute period from the Alarm mute button being pressed.
b. Emergency Exhaust: Integral pushbutton to command exhaust valve VEV-(*) 100% open.
c. There shall be no local indication of face velocity.
5. Coordinate with fume hood manufacturer. See 115313 Specialty Labs Fume Hoods.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Furnish and install fume hood monitors and sash sensors at each fume hood. Coordinate installation requirements with fume hood manufacturer.
B. Install units as shown on drawings, schedules and details. Coordinate with Mechanical Contractor to verify appropriate ductwork configuration to allow for accurate measurement and control of airflow.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 36 14 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS AIR VALVES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 10 OF 11
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
C. Air flow control air terminals shall be mounted horizontally to insure calibrated performance.
D. Air valve manufacturer shall furnish, install and terminate all integral low voltage control
wiring and 24 VAC power supplies.
E. Air Terminals and Reheat Coils:
1. Mechanical Contractor shall furnish and install air terminals, sound attenuators, reheat coils and access doors as shown on drawings and according to manufacturer’s instructions. Mechanical Contractor shall furnish and install reheat coil control valves. Mechanical Contractor shall provide necessary ductwork transitions as required for mounting equipment.
2. Mount actuators on same side of air terminal device as coil connections to ensure service access.
3. Connect air terminals to ductwork with removable type joints as detailed.
4. Transition from supply air terminal to reheat coil shall not exceed 15° per side.
5. Provide access doors for supply air terminals with reheat coils. Mount access door at inlet side of coil.
F. Supply air terminals shall be insulated in accordance with Section 230713 – Duct Insulation.
G. Calibrate actuator and its controller and either factory set or field set through TAB work for scheduled airflow rates. Units shall be capable of field calibration and readjustment with external gauge taps.
H. Refer to section 250993 Specialty Labs Sequence of Operations and Points List.
I. Fume Hood Controls:
1. Furnish to fume hood manufacturer templates for required hood mounted devices including vertical and horizontal sash sensors, interface boxes, and fume hood monitors required for complete installation of fume hood exhaust air control system. Fume hood manufacturer shall provide necessary cut outs with blank cover plates.
2. Fume hood size and sash configuration are called out in Lab Furnishings documents. Verify with fume hood manufacturer fume hood sizes, sash configurations and installation requirements for each device.
3. Air valve manufacturer shall field install, mount and wire required hood mounted devices.
J. Control and Power Wiring:
1. Control contractor shall provide control wiring from laboratory control panel to and between other laboratory control system components as required for complete and proper functioning, including but not limited to air terminals, control valves, sensors, transducers, controllers, panels, and interface modules.
2. Electrical Contractor will provide one spare 20 A circuit at each emergency power electrical panel, serving laboratory. Air valve supplier shall provide required conduit, wire, junction boxes, disconnect switches and circuit breakers as specified in Division 26 as required to wire electrical panel to each laboratory control panel.
3. Air valve supplier will provide power wiring to routers and terminal controllers in each laboratory suite.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 36 14 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS AIR VALVES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 11 OF 11
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
K. Terminal Heating Device Control Valves
1. Terminal heating device and reheat coil control valves and actuators will be furnished
by Controls Contractor and installed by Mechanical Contractor.
L. Laboratory Control System Start-up:
1. System startup shall be provided by factory authorized representative of system manufacturer.
2. Coordinate timing of start-up with Mechanical Contractor to confirm HVAC Systems are operating as specified.
3. Startup shall be performed on complete laboratory temperature and air flow control system and shall include calibration of each laboratory control system component; check out of air terminals, actuators, fume hood sash sensors, temperature sensors, and verification that each system operates in compliance with specified control sequences.
4. Air valve manufacturer shall measure and set up fume hood average face velocity. Coordinate with and work in conjunction with TAB Contractor.
5. Air valve manufacturer shall set up system supply, general exhaust, and fume exhaust air flows in cooperation with TAB Contractor. TAB Contractor will take required air flow measurements.
6. Air valve manufacturer shall provide a visual demonstration that the laboratory airflow systems are maintaining specified hood containment performance requirements. If the performance requirements cannot be demonstrated, then system supplier shall be responsible for any costs and labor necessary to meet minimum performance requirements. Coordinate with and work in conjunction with TAB Contractor.
7. Air valve manufacturer shall demonstrate that, with specified room offset, system maintains proper room directional air flows under both static and dynamic operating conditions, and can recover to proper flow direction within one second of change in room/system conditions such as raising and lowering of any hood sashes. Verification shall be provided by temporary visual indication, using smoke wand. If performance requirements cannot be demonstrated, then laboratory control system manufacturer shall be responsible for any costs and labor necessary to meet minimum performance requirements. Coordinate with and work in conjunction with TAB Contractor.
END OF SECTION
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 37 00 University of Connecticut REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 1 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
SECTION 23 37 00 - REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Related Documents
1. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Section 230500 and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Work Included
1. Furnish and install all registers, grilles and diffusers including opposed blade dampers, frames and other accessories to make a complete system of air distribution.
2. All materials shall be new and manufactured for the specific purpose of distributing and controlling air flow.
C. Related Sections
1. Examine all drawings and criteria sheets and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Applicable provisions of the following Codes and Trade Standard Publications shall apply to the work of this Section, and are hereby incorporated into, and made a part of the Contract Documents.
B. Material standards shall be as specified or detailed hereinafter and as following
1. ADC 1062: GRD – Test Code for Grilles, Registers and Diffusers; 1984.
2. AMCA 500 – Test Method for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters; 1989.
3. ASHRAE 70 – Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and
Inlets.
4. NFPA 90A – Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; 1993.
5. SMACNA (DCS) – HVAC Duct Construction Standard – metal and Flexible; 1995.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 230500 and General Conditions for additional requirements.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 37 00 University of Connecticut REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 2 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
B. Product Data: Provide data for equipment required for this project. Review outlets and inlets as to size, finish and type of mounting prior to submission. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application and noise level.
C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of air outlets and inlets.
D. Submit air terminal performance data including static pressure, throw, velocity, airflow and acoustical performance. Data must indicate compliance with referenced Codes and Standards specified herein.
E. Manufacturer shall review requirements of outlets as to size, finish and type of mounting before submitting shop drawings and schedule of outlets.
F. Manufacturer shall check location of outlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features, symmetry and lighting arrangement before submitting shop drawings.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer shall certify cataloged performance and ensure correct application of air outlet types.
B. Manufacturer shall be responsible for examining application of each outlet and shall guarantee that each will provide comfortable space conditions without drafts at noted capacity.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Acceptable manufacturers contingent on compliance with specifications.
1. Anemostat
2. Krueger
3. Tuttle & Bailey
4. MetalAire
5. Price
6. Nailor
7. Titus
B. All air distribution devices shall be of steel or aluminum construction unless otherwise specified herein or scheduled on the drawings.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 37 00 University of Connecticut REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 3 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 181685 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
C. Distribution devices, except where such devices are specified or scheduled to be steel extruded aluminum, shall be factory primed and finish painted by the manufacturer in a color as approved by the Architect during shop drawing review, unless otherwise noted.
D. All diffusers, grilles and registers must be compatible with the designed ceiling/wall
type. Refer to architectural drawings for exact details of ceiling/wall construction.
2.2 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES SHALL BE OF TYPE AS HEREIN SPECIFIED
Designation Service Air Pattern
SD-1 Supply Full Radial
SD-2 Supply 4-way
SD-3 Supply 4-way
SD-4 Supply 4-way
SD-5 Supply Half Radial
RG-1 Return Perforated Face
EG-1 Exhaust 35° Deflection
EG-2 Exhaust 35° Deflection
A. Types SD-1, and SD-5 (Ceiling Supply)
1 High Volume, Low Velocity Ceiling Diffuser: Laminar flow, low velocity displacement air diffuser with a dropped face and uniform radial pattern in 1 or 2-way throw configuration, as indicated on the Drawings. The diffuser assembly shall be complete with a backpan and distribution plenum with a round inlet air collar. Backpans shall have hanger tabs at all four corners. Support filters from the structure above, not the finished ceiling. Flush face diffusers are not acceptable, however the diffuser face shall not extend below finished plane more than 6.25 inches. Top of duct collar shall not extend more than 7.75” above the finished ceiling plane. The diffuser shall have a flow measuring tap for ease of balancing. The face of the diffuser shall have a free area not exceeding 51%, and a internal baffles to ensure even, non-aspirating supply discharge.
2 Construction of Diffuser and Backpan: Aluminum a 24x24 and 24x48 module sizes with border compatible with unistrut
b
ceiling. Provide gaskets between diffuser face and ceiling system, and between diffuser face and backpan. The face of the diffuser shall be completely removable for sanitizing. The face shall be secured with quarter turn fasteners and shall have safety cables.
B. Types SD-2, SD-3, and SD-4 (Ceiling Supply)
Ceiling Supply Diffusers and Return Grilles, Modular, Perforated: Diffusers shall be provided with a hinged perforated face, round duct collar to match the neck sizes indicated on the Drawings, and adjustable air discharge pattern controller
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 37 00 University of Connecticut REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 4 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 181685 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
accessible through the hinged face. Diffusers shall be constructed of steel with a baked enamel or anodic acrylic factory finish. Diffusers shall be modular type designed to install in a 2-by-2 lay-in tile ceiling system
C. Type RG-1, EG-1, and EG-2 (Return)
1. Exhaust, Relief, Transfer and Return Air Bar Grilles and Registers:
a
b
c
Grilles and registers shall be securely attached and supported from associated ductwork or, where not duct connected, shall be attached and supported from the building structural system. Grilles and registers shall not be supported by ceilings of any type. Grilles and register faces shall have baked enamel or anodic acrylic factory painted finishes. Generally, grilles shall be fabricated from steel and have horizontal steel louvers, spaced 3/4" on centers and fixed at 35 degrees deflection.
d Registers shall be provided with an opposed blade balancing damper, adjustable from the register face, fabricated from either steel or aluminum (to match the grille), with a white prime coat finish.
D. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. High Volume, Low Velocity Diffusers (SD-1, and SD-5):a bc
Price Industries ('RFDxx' Series) Titus ('Radiatec' series) Krueger HVAC ('TADxx' Series)
2. Ceiling Diffusers, Modular, Perforated (SD-2, SD-3, and SD-4):a bcd
Titus (Series 'PAS) Price Industries Krueger HVAC Tuttle and Bailey
3. Exhaust, Relief, Transfer and Return Air Bar Grilles and Registers (RG-1, EG-1, and EG-2):
a bc d
Titus Series '350RL and PAR Price Industries Krueger HVAC Tuttle and Bailey
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 23 37 00 University of Connecticut REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 5 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instruction.
B. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform
with architectural features, symmetry and lighting arrangement.
C. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connections.
D. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, and grilles and registers, despite whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, or grille and register assembly.
E. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black.
END OF SECTION
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 05 33.01 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 1 OF 9
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 181685 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
SECTION 26 0533.01 – SPECIALTY LABS CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this section.
B. Examine all drawings and criteria sheets and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Furnish and install all labor and material required for surface metal raceway systems and conduit to include receptacles and data devices. Supports, fittings and accessories necessary to complete the installation shall also be included.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall include all requirements listed in Section 013300 and all items listed below.
B. Shop Drawings and Products Data: The following list includes the required shop drawings that shall be submitted.
1. Manufacturer’s standard catalog sheets for wireways, raceways, and accessoriesindicating:
a. Cross sectional dimensions.
b. Gauge of metal.
c. Construction.
d. Radius of bends.
e. Finish.
f. Manufacturer’s structural loading chart.
g. UL Label.
h. Compliance with NEMA Standard VE-1.
2. Structural Support System.
a. Cross sectional dimensions.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 05 33.01 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 2 OF 9
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
b. Gauge of metal.
c. Finish.
d. Details of support assembly.
e. Structural strength of devices.
3. Fittings.
4. A Mock up of raceway on wall panel showing flush outlet on Lab wall side and raceway on chase side, incorporating data/telecom and electrical outlets shall be presented to the owner for approval prior to commencing work.
5. Layout of wireways in Lab to conform with, and coordinate with Lab walls.
Architectural elevations shall be shown on shop drawings and submitted to owner for review and approval.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing: Furnish the Owners Representative with a copy that certifies factory test report
complying with ANSI and NEMA standards.
B. Pay for the services of a qualified testing laboratory to perform the specified field tests. Provide material required for testing. See Section 017713.01, for detailed requirements.
C. All electrical raceways and accessories must comply with CE marking.
D. Testing laboratory shall report results of the tests to the Owner Representative who will approve or disapprove Contractor’s work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Metallic Conduit
1. Must meet NEMA 12 Dust tight requirement.
2. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduits and Fittings: Standard weight steel that is hot- dipped galvanized, or sherardized inside and out, with threaded connectors and couplings. Electrogalvanizing is not permitted.
3. Sealant: Fire rated equal to wall or ceiling penetrated.
4. Anchors not cast into concrete shall be expansion shield type.
5. Provide conduit seals with sealing compound as recommended by the manufacturer for hazardous, cold room or refrigerated areas.
6. Expansion couplings shall be complete with bonding jumper.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 05 33.01 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 3 OF 9
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
B. Surface Metal Raceways
1. General
a. This specification covers a power wiring system with two channels separated for low-voltage and power wiring applications. The raceway system shall consist of raceway, appropriate fittings, receptacle harness and receptacle identification to complete the installation as shown on the building plans.
b. The assembly is to be utilized in dry interior locations, and UL Listed as a Multi-outlet Assembly and Surface Metal Raceway, as adopted by the National Fire Protections Association and as approved by the American National Standards Institute. The pre-wired raceway systems shall be listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories under File Nos. E68073 Guide PVGT and E77734 Guide RJBT.
c. Submit drawings for approval; show the complete layout of products that
make up the complete system for each floor prior to installation with raceway lengths, device type (power and communications), locations and circuit identification.
2. Manufacturer
a. The multi-outlet assembly specified herein shall be as noted on drawings:
1). Le-grand – “Wiremold Series ALDS4000”, 60 Woodlawn Street, West Hartford, CT 06110, (860) 233-6251
Request for substitution shall include documentation of UL listings as both a Multi-outlet Assembly and a Surface Raceway and include a sample of the components and fittings. A list of similar installations in service for two (2) years or longer must be provided.
3. Raceway
a. Raceway shall have 2 wiring compartments with field removable cover(s). Raceway shall have a nominal wall thickness of 0.078 inch. Multiple compartments shall be provided with fittings that maintain the separation of compartments. Raceway covers shall be 12” in length to facilitate future modification. Covers must be removable with a standard straight blade screwdriver without marring. Raceways having two covers must allow each cover to be removed separately without allowing access into the compartment(s) enclosed by the other cover.
b. Raceway shall be manufactured of stainless steel or aluminum. The material shall be painted as specified in Section 09 09 13. Each length of raceway shall be cut to specified job requirements.
c. Ground continuity shall be maintained throughout the entire raceway length by means of a factory installed grounding conductor. The grounding conductor(s) shall be the same size(s) of the branch circuit(s) serving the raceway.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 05 33.01 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 4 OF 9
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
4. Wiring Devices
a. Wiring devices and other connectors shall be factory installed as noted on the drawings, electrically wired, and covers labeled with silver, self-adhesive polyester label with black letters as identified in the building plans. Receptacles shall be hospital grade. Each receptacle shall be identified noting the panel number and circuit number from which it is fed. Receptacles rated higher than a NEMA 50-20R configuration shall also be provided with voltage, phase and amperage identified in the same manner.
b. Raceway sections shall be provided with 12” pigtails at feed locations for
ease of installation. Grounding shall be maintained by means of factory installed sized grounding conductor(s) and utilize insulation displacement connectors as required.
5. Fittings
a. The multi-outlet system is to consist of factory assembled product with a full
complement of fittings including, but not limited to, elbows (90°, internal and external), slide couplings for joining raceway sections, blank and caps for closing open ends of the raceway, and flat tees.
b. Provide fittings and wiring devices to allow bottom fed conduits. Bottom fed conduits shall use ‘transpositional’ or ‘cross-over’ fittings to allow for both electrical power and data cabling drops to floor level as shown on elevations and details. All cross-over or transitional fittings shall be UL listed for the specified application.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General
1. The size of the conduits for the various circuits shall be determined based on the power plans. Minimum conduit size shall be ¾ inch unless noted otherwise.
2. Open ends of conduits shall be capped or plugged until ready to pull in conductors.
3. Deliver conduits to site in standard length and store where protected from moisture
and weather.
B. Rigid Metal Conduits
1. Use where directly exposed to weather; where subject to abnormal conditions of heat, cold, moisture, humidity, fumes and hazardous elements, in areas where exposed below 7-1/2 feet subject to mechanical injury. Note that electrical equipment rooms, closets and similar areas will not be considered areas subject to mechanical injury and mechanical equipment, loading docks and similar areas will be.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 05 33.01 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 5 OF 9
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
2. Use Rigid Metal Conduits in dry locations as in stud partitions and furred ceiling spaces.
3. For bends in conduits 1-1/4 inch and larger, use large radius factory made bends or
field fabricate with a power bender.
4. Cut threads on conduits to standard taper and to a length such that bare metal exposed by the threading operation will be completely covered by the couplings or fittings used. Securely tighten threaded connections. The ends of conduit shall be cut square and reamed to full size with a tapered burring reamer. Treat any exposed threads at box hubs with protective coating to prevent corrosion, but maintain ground continuity.
5. Use conduit unions to connect two rigidly held conduits. Running thread will not be
accepted.
6. Use rigid steel conduit in electrical and mechanical equipment rooms for high voltage (above 600 volts) feeders and in concrete slabs on grade. EMT and IMC will not be allowed for these applications.
7. Use rigid galvanized metal conduit in all EMI sensitive zones as noted in the Section
01 45 16. EMT and/or IMT will not be allowed in sensitive areas. See drawing SL-E- 801 and 802.
8. All conduit used in the Lab shall be wiped down on the inside and the outside with
10% IPA in DI water. Thoroughly dry all conduits to remove particles and dirt.
C. Conduit Placement:
1. Support conduits 1 inch and larger with pipe clamps either suspended from structural slabs with a rod at least 3/8 inch diameter with adjustable pipe ring, or mounted on wall from channel supports. Attach to concrete drilled anchors. Where two or more conduits 1-1/2 inch and larger are suspended from ceiling, use trapeze type hanger suspended from rods. Black iron and/or black steel rods are strictly forbidden within the Lab envelope, including the interstitial spaces.
2. Where rigid metal conduits and electrical metallic tubing are supported from building
members, supports shall be installed as follow:
a. Conduit Sizes:
1). 1. ¾ inch to 1-1/4 inch Inclusive: Within 18 inches of each outlet and on either side of couplings and fittings and at a spacing not to exceed 8 feet.
2). 2. 1-1/2 inch and Larger: Within 3 feet of each junction or pullbox and terminal cabinet and at a spacing not to exceed 8 feet.
b. When rigid conduits are supported from trapezes, the supports shall be
spaced not more than 8 feet apart.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 05 33.01 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 6 OF 9
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
c. Conduit trapezes shall consist of Unistrut channels and fittings, in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed recommendation.
d. Conduit raceways shall not be supported by other building piping, ductwork and associated support systems.
3. Secure exposed conduit runs on concrete, plaster or other construction in place with cast conduit clamps affixed with metallic expansion anchors or toggle bolts and cadmium plated machine or lag screw.
4. Use rigid conduit with threaded couplings in concrete slab or wall construction.
5. Do not locate conduit in the following construction:
a. In concrete slab where conduit has an outside diameter greater than one third of slab thickness.
b. In concrete slab less than 3-1/2 inches thick. Local offsets are an exception
c. Between concrete slab reinforcing steel and bottom of slab.
6. Keep conduits within the furring lines established on the architectural drawings, unless conduits are shown exposed.
7. Support vertical conduit runs by means of adequate clamps at each floor or as required by code.
8. Do not strap or fasten rigid conduits to mechanical equipment, or to equipment
subject to vibration or mounted on shock absorbing bases.
9. Use insulated bushings and locknuts on conduits where entering pull boxes, junction boxes, outlet boxes, cabinets and similar enclosures, and for signal and telephone conduits terminated in cabinets or backboards.
10. Seal conduit termination is subject to moisture or where conduits penetrate exterior
wall above grade or roof.
11. Provide nylon or polypropylene rope, 3/8 inch 0.D., rated at 2,000 pounds minimum tensile strength, in conduits more than 5 feet in length left empty for future use. Fasten each rope to plugs or caps at each end with a 5 feet minimum slack. The rope shall be in one continuous length through each duct with no cuts and ties allowed.
12. Tag empty conduits at each accessible end with a permanent tag identifying the
purpose of the conduit and the location of the other end.
13. Provide expansion and deflection fittings where two rigidly supported conduits may move in relation to each other at expansion or seismic joint crossings.
14. From each panel which is flush mounted in a wall, stub from top of the panel, a
minimum of (4) ¾ inch conduits to the nearest ceiling space or other accessible
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 05 33.01 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 7 OF 9
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
location and cap for future use.
15. Furnish independent support for conduits rising from floor to motor connections if over 18 inches above floor. Do not support to motor, to ductwork or mechanical equipment.
16. Conduits which are installed above dry type suspended ceilings shall not be secured to ceiling support wires. Support such conduit independent of ceiling suspension systems.
17. Keep bends and offsets in conduit runs to an absolute minimum. Replace deformed,
flattened or kinked conduits.
18. Ream the ends of conduits.
19. Paint fire alarm conduits with a 1 inch wide red band every 5 feet of run.
20. Install exposed conduits parallel to and perpendicular to the building structure.
21. Exposed conduits larger than 1 inch shall be suspended with pipe hangers. Pipe hangers for individual conduits shall be malleable iron split pipe rings, suspended from hanger rods. Rods shall be 3/8-inch for 2-inch and smaller conduits, and 1/2- inch for 2-1/2- inch and larger conduits. Hangers and racks shall be attached to concrete with insets, set at the time the concrete is poured, and to steel members with beam clamps or machine bolts.
22. Conduit 1-inch and smaller, in metal and stud partitions, shall be tied to the furring
channels with No. 12 gauge galvanized tie wire spaced not more than 5 feet apart. Conduits 1 inch and smaller, for service to lighting fixtures (other than home runs), may be supported in the same way. Conduits above metal channel lath and plaster ceilings for other services and lighting home runs shall be supported as specified herein.
23. A separate conduit shall be installed for each home run indicated on the Drawings.
24. Install conduit seals in conduits entering or leaving hazardous areas, refrigerated
rooms and cleanrooms.
25. Except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings, bends in conduits 2 inches or larger shall have a radius of curvature of the inner edge, equal to not less than ten (10) times the internal diameter of the conduit. Any deviations from this radius shall be approved by owner representative. Wire or cable bends in junction or pull boxes shall be made with a “U” shape against the inside surface of the manholes, junction or pull boxes to provide extra length for future redevelopment. Telephone and closed circuit television conduit runs shall not have more than two 90° radius bends. Other conduit runs shall not have more than three 90° radius bends between pull boxes, junction boxes or terminal cabinets.
26. Conduit shall not be run closer than 6 inches to any hot water pipe, steam pipe,
heater flue or vent.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 05 33.01 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 8 OF 9
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
27. Provide condulets for exposed runs of conduits where junctions, 90° bends or offsets are required, whether such condulets are indicated on the Drawings or not. Conduit bends will not be permitted around the corners of beams, walls or equipment. Condulet covers shall be accessible.
28. Control apparatus, outlet boxes, junction and pull boxes, and other similar equipment
shall be installed and maintained in accessible positions and locations.
29. Conduits in furred spaces shall be routed to clear access openings.
D. As-builts
1. Produce as-built drawings indicating deviations from the design drawings.
E. Raceway shall be installed with appropriate fittings in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and in compliance with all appropriate codes. Raceway is to be plumb, square, level and in alignment with Lab walls at the elevation as shown on architectural elevation drawings. Securely fasten to Lab wall system structural members or steel channel supports.
1. Attach Lab raceway so that the raceway is exposed in the chase but only surface outlet surface plates are exposed in the Lab. The outlet plate shall be flush mounted to the Lab wall panels on the Lab side. The raceway shall have standard duplex outlets in both the chase and in the Lab. These outlets are fed from the same raceway mounted on the chase side of the Lab panels. At the owner’s discretion, the raceway shop drawing shall be coordinated with tool hook up to allow for future bulk heading of tools in certain areas.
2. Coordinate with Data/Communication plans and provide standard duplex j-box for
future data cabling. Route Data/Communications conduit adjacent to electrical power wiring and conduit.
F. Furnish and install a #12 AWG insulated copper ground conductor in each raceway. Connect each section of raceway to the ground connector.
G. Coordinate right of way through structure with other sections to minimize offsets and changes
of direction resulting from clearing objects not planned in the path.
H. Install using hardware, splice connectors, support components, and accessories furnished by the manufacturer.
3.2 FIELD ACCEPTANCE TEST
A. Upon completing the installation of conduits, conduits including spares shall be tested by a
cylindrical mandrel drawn by hand through each conduit without any mechanical assistance. Replace any conduit section that the mandrel will not pass. Replaced conduits shall be mandreled again. The same procedure applies to conduits including spares in concrete duct banks, which is recommended to be done before the trenches are backfilled and the final grade is resurfaced to prior condition. After successful mandreling, conduits shall be swabbed to remove foreign materials and plugged or capped until ready to pull wires or
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 05 33.01 University of Connecticut SPECIALTY LABS CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 9 OF 9
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
cables.
B. Visual and mechanical inspection:
1. Inspect for physical damage.
2. Inspect conduit bracings.
3. Inspect conduit bends.
4. Inspect conduit seals and plugs or caps.
5. Inspect whether the specified ropes are placed in the spare conduits.
6. Inspect whether the specified tags are placed on both ends of the spare conduits.
7. Inspect whether other installation requirements specified under Paragraph 3.1 herein
are met. END OF SECTION
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 1 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
SECTION 26 05 73 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Related Documents: All of the Contract Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents and
including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01, General Requirements, shall
be included in, and made part of, this Section..
B. Scope: This Section covers the furnishing of a computer based electrical short circuit (fault-
current) study, overcurrent protective device coordination study, including an arc-flash hazard
study, for the building electrical system required under this construction contract. The scope of
the studies shall include all new distribution equipment supplied under this contract by any and
all manufacturers.
C. Preparer: The electrical system protective device study required by this Section shall be
prepared by a professional electrical engineer skilled in performing and interpreting the power
systems studies and registered in the State of Connecticut. The Registered Professional
Electrical Engineer shall have a minimum of five (5) years of experience in performing power
system studies and in the fulltime employment of the manufacturer of the electrical distribution
equipment. All studies shall be prepared by the same professional engineer.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE):
1. IEEE 141 – Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution and Coordination of
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
2. IEEE 242 – Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
3. IEEE 399 – Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power System
Analysis
4. IEEE 241 – Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings
5. IEEE 1015 – Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 2 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
6. IEEE 1584 – Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations
B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):
1. ANSI C37.13 – Standard for Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures
C. The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, latest edition
2. NFPA 70E – Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections:
1. In addition to the requirements of Division 1, the short circuit, protection coordination, and
Arc-Flash, studies shall be bound in 8-1/2” by 11 “hard cover bound volumes with
drawings and diagrams folded to fit the in 8-1/2” by 11 “hard format and securely retained
in pockets or compartments of the rigid binder.
2. An additional copy of the one-line drawings shall be provided on full size 24"x36" or
larger drawings in each copy.
3. Ten copies of the study shall be submitted.
3. Provide five (5) bound copies of the complete final report. Provide a CD with report in
PDF format.
4. The study shall include each low voltage distribution system.
5. The studies at a minimum shall include in the submittal the following:
a. Short-Circuit and Coordination-study input data, including completed computer
program input data sheets.
b. Study and Equipment Evaluation Reports.
c. Coordination-Study Report.
d. Short-Circuit Study Report.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 3 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
e. Arc-Flash Study Report.
f. One-line diagram showing protective device ampere ratings and associated
designations, cable size & lengths, transformer kVA & voltage ratings, motor kVA
ratings, and panelboard designations.
g. Descriptions, purpose, basis and scope of the study.
h. Tabulations of the worst-case calculated short circuit duties as a percentage of the
applied device rating (circuit breakers, fuses, etc.); the short circuit duties shall be
upward-adjusted for X/R ratios that are above the device design ratings.
i. Protective device time versus current coordination curves with associated one-line
diagram identifying the plotted devices, tabulations of ANSI protective relay functions,
adjustable circuit breaker trip unit settings, and fuse selection.
j. Fault study input data, case descriptions, and current calculations including a
definition of terms and guide for interpretation of the computer printout.
k. Incident energy and flash protection boundary calculations.
l. Comments and recommendations for system improvements, where needed.
m. Executive Summary including source of information and assumptions made.
n. Refer to "Study Requirements" Article for other submittal requirements.
6. Provide the study project files to the Owner in electronic format. For example, if the SKM
or E-TAP program was used, provide the project files so that the owner can load the files
into their version of the program. In addition, a copy of the computer analysis software
viewer program shall be provided to accompany the electronic project files, to allow the
Owner to review all aspects of the project and print arc flash labels, one-line diagrams,
etc.
7. Arc flash labels in hard copy and in electronic format with a copy of the computer analysis
software viewer program.
B. Industry Standards: Provide, for each section of the study, an identification and description of
the industry testing standards on which the study is based.
C. Certification: Certification by the Contractor that the protective devices have been adjusted and
set in accordance with the approved protective device study shall be included for each
adjustable protective overcurrent, over/under voltage, or related protective device.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 4 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
D. Product Data: For computer software program to be used for studies.
E. Qualification Data: For coordination-study specialist.
F. Product Certificates: For coordination-study and fault-current-study computer software
programs, certifying compliance with IEEE 399.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Studies shall use computer programs that are distributed nationally and are in wide use.
Software algorithms shall comply with requirements of standards and guides specified in this
Section. Manual calculations are not acceptable.
B. Electrical Systems and Coordination-Study Specialist Qualifications: An entity experienced in
the application of computer software used for studies, having performed successful studies of
similar magnitude on electrical distribution systems using similar devices.
C. Comply with IEEE 242 for short-circuit currents and coordination time intervals.
D. Comply with IEEE 399 for general study procedures.
1.5 MINIMUM COMPUTER SOFTWARE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with IEEE 399.
B. Analytical features of fault-current-study computer software program shall include "mandatory,"
"very desirable," and "desirable" features as listed in IEEE 399.
C. Computer software program shall be capable of plotting and diagramming time-current-
characteristic curves as part of its output. Computer software program shall report device
settings and ratings of all overcurrent protective devices and shall demonstrate selective
coordination by computer-generated, time-current coordination plots.
D. Program shall be capable of analyzing Arcing faults, Simultaneous faults, explicit negative
sequence, and Mutual coupling in zero sequence.
E. Provide functions as necessary to provide functional requirements listed within this specification
section.
1.6 DATA COLLECTION FOR THE STUDY
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 5 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
A. The Contractor shall furnish all field data as required by the power system studies. The Entity
performing the analysis studies shall furnish the Contractor with a listing of required data
immediately after award of the contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall
expedite collection of the data to eliminate unnecessary delays and assure completion of the
studies as required for final approval of the distribution equipment shop drawings and/or prior to
release of the equipment for manufacturing. Refer to Section "Preliminary Short Circuit (Fault-
Current) Study."
B. Gather and tabulate the input data to include but not limited the following to support
coordination study:
1. Product Data for overcurrent protective devices specified in other Division 26 Sections
and involved in overcurrent protective device coordination studies. Use equipment
designation tags that are consistent with electrical distribution system diagrams,
overcurrent protective device submittals, input and output data, and recommended
device settings.
2. Impedance of utility service entrance.
3. Ratings for existing next two upstream and downstream overcurrent protective devices
and associated equipment from the devices being provided under the work to verify that
the ratings of the existing equipment are not being exceeded as part of the new work.
4. Electrical Distribution System Diagram: In hard-copy and electronic-copy formats,
showing the following:
a. Circuit-breaker and fuse-current ratings and types.
b. Relays and associated power and current transformer ratings and ratios.
c. Transformer kilovolt amperes, primary and secondary voltages, connection type,
impedance, and X/R ratios.
d. Cables: Indicate conduit material, sizes of conductors, conductor material,
insulation, and length.
e. Busway ampacity and impedance.
f. Motor horsepower and code letter designation according to NEMA MG 1.
g. Panelboards, disconnects, variable frequency drives, motor starters, combination
motor starters.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 6 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
5. Data sheets to supplement electrical distribution system diagram, cross-referenced with
tag numbers on diagram, showing the following:
a. Special load considerations, including starting inrush currents and frequent starting
and stopping.
b. Transformer characteristics, including primary protective device, magnetic inrush
current, and overload capability.
c. Motor full-load current, locked rotor current, service factor, starting time, type of
start, and thermal-damage curve.
d. Time-current-characteristic curves of devices indicated to be coordinated.
e. Manufacturer, frame size, interrupting ratings in amperes RMS symmetrical,
ampere or current sensor rating, long-time adjustment range, short-time
adjustment range, and instantaneous adjustment range for circuit breakers.
f. Manufacturer and type, ampere-tap adjustment range, time-delay adjustment
range, instantaneous attachment adjustment range, and current transformer ratio
for overcurrent relays.
g. Panelboards, disconnects, variable frequency drives, mechanical equipment, and
interrupting rating in amperes RMS symmetrical.
1.7 STUDY REQUIREMENTS
A. General Content: Provide calculations, impedance diagrams, conclusions and
recommendations as part of the general content of the study.
B. Study electrical distribution system from normal and alternate power sources throughout
electrical distribution system for Project. Include studies of system-switching configurations and
alternate operations that could result in maximum fault conditions.
C. One Line Diagram:
1. Show, on the one-line diagram, all electrical equipment and wiring to be protected by the
overcurrent devices installed under this project. Clearly show, on the one line, the
schematic wiring of the electrical distribution system.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 7 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
2. Also show on the one-line diagram the following specific information:
a. Calculated fault impedance, X/R ratios, and short circuit values at each at each
480 volt and 208 power distribution and branch circuit panelboard, busway,
disconnects, etc. Provide short circuit value for each piece of equipment.
b. Breaker and fuse ratings.
c. Voltage at each bus.
e. Identification of each bus.
f. Conduit material, feeder sizes, length, and X/R ratios.
3. One set of the One-Line Diagrams shall be submitted on full size drawings 24"x36" or
larger in each copy.
D. Short Circuit: Provide short circuit tabulations which include the system impedance's, X/R ratio,
asymmetry factor, KVA, symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents.
E. General Study Requirements: Provide each study with the following items as a minimum:
1. Provide coordination plots which graphically indicate the coordination proposed for the
several systems. Provide plots centered on full scale log-log forms.
2. Provide coordination plots with complete titles, representative one-line diagrams and
legends, complete operating bands for low voltage circuit breaker trip devices, fuses, if
applicable, and the associated system load protective devices.
3. Provide coordination plots which define the types of protective devices selected, together
with the proposed coil taps, time dial settings and pick-up settings required.
4. The long time region of the coordination plots shall indicate a complete tap scale for each
medium voltage relay and full load current transformer parameters and designate the
pick-ups required for the low voltage circuit breakers.
5. The short time region shall indicate the medium voltage relay instantaneous elements,
the magnetizing inrush, and American National Standards Institute (ANSI) withstand
transformer parameters, the low voltage circuit breaker, short time and instantaneous trip
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 8 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
devices, fuse manufacturing tolerance bands, including the low voltage network protector
fuses, when applicable, and significant symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents.
6. Provide multiple study cases where the Source includes a combination of present and
future utility supplies, motors, and generators.
F. Equipment Selection: Coordinate each item of equipment as follows:
3. Separate low voltage power circuit breakers from each other and the associated primary
protective device by a 16 percent current margin for coordination and protection in the
event of secondary line-to-line faults.
4. Separate medium voltage relays by a 0.4 second time margin when the maximum three-
phase fault flows, to assure proper selectivity.
5. The protective device characteristics or operating band shall be suitably terminated to
reflect the actual symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents sensed by the device.
6. Source combinations include proposed and future power company feeders, large motors,
or generators.
7. Studies based on written calculations shall include sample calculations for each voltage
category.
G. Contract Drawings: The drawings and specifications indicate the general requirements for the
low voltage equipment. Determine additional specific characteristics of equipment furnished in
accordance with the results of the short circuit and protective device coordination study.
1. Submit any equipment design discrepancies and the proposed corrective modifications, if
required, with the short circuit and protective device coordination study. Identify any
variations clearly on the subsequent shop drawings.
2. Provide the necessary field settings, adjustments and minor modifications for
conformance with the approved short circuit and protective device coordination study,
without additional expense.
3. Do not submit equipment shop drawings until the short circuit and protective device
coordination study has been approved by the Engineer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 9 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
2.1 PRELIMINARY SHORT CIRCUIT (FAULT-CURRENT) STUDY
A. If the short circuit study cannot be 100% completed upon equipment release for manufacture, a
preliminary short circuit study only shall be made available to authorities at no additional charge
for evaluation to determine the adequacy of equipment ratings prior to release. A final version
of the short circuit study shall be submitted with the coordination study prior to shipment of the
equipment. Use actual conductor impedances if known. If unknown, use typical conductor
impedances based on IEEE Standards 141, latest edition. Transformer design impedances and
standard X/R ratios shall be used when test values are not available.
2.2 SHORT CIRCUIT (FAULT-CURRENT) STUDY
A. The short circuit study shall be performed with the aid of a digital computer program and shall
be in accordance with the latest applicable IEEE and ANSI standards.
B. Calculations to verify interrupting ratings of overcurrent protective devices shall comply with
IEEE 141, IEEE 24 and IEEE 242:
1. Transformers:
a. ANSI C57.12.10
b. ANSI C57.12.22
c. IEEE C57.12.00
d. IEEE C57.96
2. Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers: IEEE 1015 and IEEE C37.20.1.
3. Low-Voltage Fuses: IEEE C37.46
C. In the short circuit study, provide calculation methods and assumptions, the base per unit
quantities selected, one-line diagrams, source impedance data including power company
system characteristics, typical calculations, tabulations of calculation quantities and results,
conclusions, and recommendations. Calculate short circuit interrupting and momentary (when
applicable) duties for an assumed 3-phase bolted fault at distribution panelboard, pertinent
branch circuit panelboard, variable frequency drive, disconnects, mechanical equipment, and
other significant locations throughout the system. Provide a ground fault current study for the
same system areas, including the associated zero sequence impedance data. Include in
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 10 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
tabulations fault impedance, X to R ratios, asymmetry factors, motor contribution, short circuit
kVA, and symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents.
D. Include on the curve sheets power company relay and fuse characteristics, system medium-
voltage equipment relay and fuse characteristics, low-voltage equipment circuit breaker trip
device characteristics, pertinent transformer characteristics, pertinent motor and generator
characteristics, and characteristic of other system load protective devices. Include at least all
devices down to largest branch circuit and largest feeder circuit breaker in each motor control
center, and main breaker in branch panelboards. Include the next two (2) existing upstream
and downstream overcurrent protective devices and associated existing panelboard,
switchboard, switchgear, etc. from the new work tie in points to verify that the equipment and
remaining system is properly rated. Include all adjustable settings for ground fault protective
devices. Include manufacturing tolerance and damage bands in plotted fuse characteristics.
Show transformer full load and 150, 400, or 600 percent currents, transformer magnetizing
inrush, ANSI transformer withstand parameters, and significant symmetrical and asymmetrical
fault currents. Terminate device characteristic curves at a point reflecting the maximum
symmetrical or asymmetrical fault current to which the device is exposed.
E. Include complete fault calculations as specified herein for each proposed and ultimate source
combination. Note that source combinations may include present and future supply circuits,
large motors, or generators as noted on Contract Drawing One-Lines diagrams.
F. Submit qualifications of individual(s) who will perform the work for approval prior to
commencement of the studies. Provide studies in conjunction with equipment submittals to
verify equipment ratings required. Submit a draft of the study to Engineer for review prior to
delivery of the study to the Owner. Make all additions or changes as required by the reviewer at
no additional cost to the Owner.
G. Utilize equipment load data for the study obtained by the Contractor from Contract Documents,
including Contract Addenda issued prior to bid openings.
H. Include fault contribution of all motors in the study. Notify the Engineer in writing of circuit
protective devices not properly rated for fault conditions.
I. Provide settings for the air handling unit motor starters or obtain from the mechanical contractor,
include in the study package, and comment.
J. Evaluate proper operation of the ground relays in 4-wire distributions with more than one main
service circuit breaker, or when generators are provided, and discuss the neutral grounds and
ground fault current flows during a neutral to ground fault.
K. Do not estimate or use typical values for the service or power distribution transformer
impedances, use actual impedance values.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 11 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
L. Study Report:
1. Show calculated X/R ratios and equipment interrupting rating (1/2-cycle) fault currents
on electrical distribution system diagram.
2. Show interrupting (5-cycle) and time-delayed currents (6 cycles and above) on medium
voltage breakers as needed to set relays and assess the sensitivity of overcurrent relays.
3. Refer to "Study Requirements."
M. Equipment Evaluation Report:
1. For 600-V overcurrent protective devices, ensure that interrupting ratings are equal to or
higher than calculated 1/2-cycle symmetrical RMS fault current.
2. For devices and equipment rated for asymmetrical fault current, apply multiplication
factors listed in the standards to 1/2-cycle symmetrical RMS fault current to achieve the
asymmetrical peak interrupting amps at 1/2-cycle or provide computer program
calculation results for asymmetrical peak interrupting amps at 1/2 cycle to provide
verification of the unpublished peak rating the equipment would carry according to the
short-circuit test procedures outlined in the applicable equipment standard. Provide in
the report the asymmetrical peak interrupting amps at 1/2 cycle for review by the
Engineer.
3. Verify adequacy of phase conductors at maximum three-phase bolted fault currents;
verify adequacy of equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors
at maximum ground-fault currents. Ensure that short-circuit withstand ratings are equal
to or higher than calculated 1/2-cycle symmetrical RMS fault current.
4. Verify cable and busway sizes for ability to withstand short-circuit heating.
5. Notify Engineer in writing, of existing, circuit protective devices improperly rated for the
calculated available fault current.
6. Refer to "Study Requirements."
2.3 COORDINATION STUDY
A. Perform coordination study using approved computer software program. Prepare a written
report using results of fault-current study. Comply with IEEE 399.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 12 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
1. Calculate the maximum and minimum 1/2-cycle short-circuit currents.
2. Calculate the maximum and minimum interrupting duty (5 cycles to 2 seconds) short-
circuit currents.
3. Calculate the maximum and minimum ground-fault currents.
B. Comply with IEEE 141, IEEE 241 and IEEE 242 recommendations for fault currents and time
intervals.
C. Provide adequate time margins between device characteristics such that selective operation is
provided, while providing proper protection.
D. Selective Coordination: Where applicable, selective coordination shall be provided as required
by NEC Articles 620, 700, 701, and other applicable codes. Selective coordination shall be
100% selective such that an overcurrent condition or fault condition shall restrict outages to the
circuit or equipment affected. This shall be accomplished by the choice of overcurrent
protective devices and their ratings or settings. The contractor and manufacturer shall be
responsible for all labor and material costs required to provide a 100% selectively coordinated
system as described herein.
E. Include on the curve sheets power company relay and fuse characteristics, system medium-
voltage equipment relay and fuse characteristics, low-voltage equipment circuit breaker trip
device characteristics, pertinent transformer characteristics, pertinent motor and generator
characteristics including damage points, and characteristic of other system load protective
devices. Include at least all devices down to largest branch circuit and largest feeder circuit
breaker in each motor control center, and main breaker in branch panelboards. Include all
adjustable settings for ground fault protective devices. Include manufacturing tolerance and
damage bands in plotted fuse characteristics. Show transformer full load and 150, 400, or 600
percent currents, transformer magnetizing inrush, ANSI transformer withstand parameters,
conductor damage curves, and significant symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents.
Terminate device characteristic curves at a point reflecting the maximum symmetrical or
asymmetrical fault current to which the device is exposed.
F. Conductor Protection: Protect cables against damage from fault currents according to ICEA
P32-382, ICEA P-45-482, and conductor melting curves in IEEE 242. Demonstrate that
equipment withstands the maximum short-circuit current for a time equivalent to the tripping
time of the primary relay protection or total clearing time of the fuse. To determine
temperatures that damage insulation, use curves from cable manufacturers or from listed
standards indicating conductor size and short-circuit current.
G. Coordination Study Report: Prepare a written report indicating the following results of
coordination study:
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 13 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
1. Tabular Format of Settings Selected for Overcurrent Protective Devices:
a. Device tag.
b. Relay-current transformer ratios; and tap, time-dial, and instantaneous-pickup
values.
c. Circuit-breaker sensor rating; and long-time, short-time, and instantaneous
settings.
d. Fuse-current rating and type.
e. Ground-fault relay-pickup and time-delay settings.
f. Refer to "Study Requirements."
2. Coordination Curves: Prepared to determine settings of overcurrent protective devices to
achieve selective coordination. Graphically illustrate that adequate time separation exists
between devices installed in series. Prepare separate sets of curves for the switching
schemes and for emergency periods where the power source is local generation. Show
the following information:
a. Device tag.
b. Voltage and current ratio for curves.
c. No damage, melting, and clearing curves for fuses.
d. Cable damage curves.
e. Maximum fault-current cutoff point.
f. Ground fault protective devices.
g. Refer to "Study Requirements."
3. Refer to "Study Requirements."
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 14 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
H. Completed data sheets for setting of overcurrent protective devices.
2.4 ARC-FLASH HAZARD STUDY SPECIFICATION
A. Study Requirements
1. A detailed arc-flash hazard study shall be performed in accordance with the latest
versions of all appropriate and applicable codes and standards including, but not limited
to, NFPA 70E and IEEE Std. 1584.
2. The scope of this evaluation is the system as defined by the short-circuit study but is
limited to all system voltages of 250V and up as well as 208V and 240V systems fed from
125 kVA transformers and larger.
3. The study work shall be performed by the equipment manufacturer's engineers involved
in the analysis of power systems for a period of at least five years.
4. The arc-flash hazard study shall be conducted by the same personnel performing the
project’s short-circuit and coordination studies, the output data of which shall form the
input basis for the arc-flash hazard calculations and analysis. Equipment layouts and
configurations shall be obtained from the manufacturer’s final submittals and project
layout drawings.
5. The results of this study shall include the calculated arc-flash boundary and incident
energy (in cal/cm2) at key points throughout the scope of the system defined for the
short-circuit and coordination studies. The flash protection boundary and the incident
energy shall be calculated at all significant locations in the electrical distribution system
where work could be performed on energized parts. The study report shall also provide a
detailed verbal discussion and explanation of the tabulated outputs, and an executive
summary of these results.
a. Three bound copies of this report shall be provided.
6. Safe working distances shall be specified for calculated fault locations based upon the
calculated arc flash boundary considering an incident energy of 1.2 cal/cm2.
7. The Arc Flash Hazard analysis shall include calculations for maximum and minimum
contributions of fault current magnitude. The minimum calculation shall assume that the
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 15 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
utility contribution is at a minimum and shall assume a minimum motor load. Conversely,
the maximum calculation shall assume a maximum contribution from the utility and shall
assume motors to be operating under full-load conditions.
8. Arc flash computation shall include both line and load side of main breaker calculations.
9. Arc Flash calculations shall be based on actual overcurrent protective device clearing
time. Maximum clearing time will be capped at 2 seconds based on IEEE 1584-2002
section B.1.2.
10. Provide one study with any arc reduction methods deactivated to show hazard levels in
the system. Provide a second study with any arc reduction methods activated such as an
Arc Reduction Maintenance Switch or other methods that lower the Arc Flash Incident
Energy to document the Arc Flash Incident Energy levels when the maintenance switch
or other device is engaged.
B. Hazard Label Requirements
1. Properly detailed shock and arc-flash hazard labels shall be provided at all appropriate
electrical equipment locations.
2. Each label shall be at least 5” x 3.5” in size, black ink laser-printed on a white background
with a prominent red danger symbol and two yellow triangles–one for arc-flash hazard
and one for shock hazard, with no field markings.
3. Each label shall be of durable polyester stock-thermal transfer type, high self-adhesive,
and designed to resist degradation from scuffing, chemicals, moisture and wide
temperature fluctuations. It shall also incorporate a polyvinyl polymer over-laminate to
assure color stability, and resistance to UV, chemicals, and common cleaning solvents.
4. Each label shall incorporate the short-circuit Bus ID for the bus behind the cover/door on
which it is to be mounted, nominal voltage, the calculated incident energy and its
corresponding hazard/risk PPE (personal protective equipment) category number, the
calculated arc-flash protection boundary, the shock hazard boundaries, working distance,
Engineering report number, revision number, issue date, and a description of the
combined level of PPE.
5. An Excel spreadsheet shall be provided prior to printing the labels to identify the content
for each label and its targeted equipment location. One comment line on each label will
provide details for its mounting location.
6. The printed labels shall be provided to the contractor for installation on the equipment.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 16 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
7. Provide a full size drawing 24"x36" or larger depicting the exact locations for the labels to
be installed for the Installer. Submit a copy of the drawing to the Engineer.
8. All panels and equipment shall be provided with a label including Level 0.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ANALYSIS
A. Analyze the short circuit calculations, and highlight any equipment that is determined to be
underrated as specified. Verify that all current transformers are the proper size to meet
equipment requirements. Propose approaches to effectively protect the underrated equipment.
Proposed major corrective modifications will be taken under advisement by the Engineer, and
the Contractor will be given further instructions. Provide minor modifications to conform to the
study (examples of minor modifications are trip sizes within the same frame, the time curve
characteristics of induction relays, and C.T. ranges).
B. After developing the coordination curves, highlight areas lacking coordination on the Normal
Power equipment. Present a technical evaluation with a discussion of the logical compromises
for best coordination.
C. Demonstrate that 100% selective coordination has been achieved as required by NEC Articles
620, 700, 701, and other applicable codes.
3.2 FIELD SETTINGS
A. The Contractor shall perform field adjustments of the protective devices as required to place the
equipment in final operating condition. The settings shall be in accordance with the approved
short circuit study, protective device evaluation study, and protective device coordination study
and be implemented by trained service technicians under the employ of the electrical equipment
manufacturer. A written certification of the setting of protective devices shall be provided within
one week after the actual work occurs.
B. Necessary field settings of devices and adjustments and modifications to equipment to
accomplish conformance with the approved short circuit and protective device coordination
study shall be carried out by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT
University of Connecticut
SECTION 26 05 73
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE STUDY 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 17 OF 17
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
A. The Contractor shall install the arc-flash labels and identify boundaries. Boundaries shall be
painted in a color per NFPA 70, and shall include Level 0.
B. Arc-Flash Labels shall be field installed by the engineering service division of the equipment
manufacturer under the Startup and Acceptance Testing contract portion. All panels and
equipment shall be provided with a label including Level 0.
3.4 ARC FLASH TRAINING
A. The equipment vendor shall train personnel of the potential arc flash hazards associated with
working on energized equipment (minimum of 1 hour). Maintenance procedures in accordance
with the requirements of NFPA 70E, "Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee
Workplaces, shall be provided in the equipment manuals. The training shall be certified for
continuing education units (CEUs) by the International Association for Continuing Education
Training (IACET).
END OF SECTION
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 25 00 University of Connecticut ENCLOSED BUS ASSEMBLIES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 1 OF 6
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
SECTION 26 25 00 - ENCLOSED BUS ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Related Documents
1. All of the Contract Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents and including General
and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01, General Requirements, shall be included
in, and made part of, this Section.
B. This Section includes the following:
1. Plug-in bus assemblies.
2. Bus plug-in devices.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: For each type of bus assembly and plug-in device.
1. Show fabrication and installation details for enclosed bus assemblies. Include plans,
elevations, and sections of components. Designate components and accessories,
including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, connectors, straight lengths, and fittings.
2. Show fittings, materials, fabrication, and installation methods for listed fire-stop barriers.
3. Indicate required clearances, method of field assembly, and location and size of each
field connection.
4. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
B. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans and sections, drawn to scale. Include scaled bus-assembly
layouts and relationships between components and adjacent structural, mechanical, and
electrical elements. Show the following:
1. Vertical and horizontal enclosed bus-assembly runs, offsets, and transitions.
2. Clearances for access above and to the side of enclosed bus assemblies.
3. Vertical elevation of enclosed bus assemblies above the floor or bottom of structure.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 25 00 University of Connecticut ENCLOSED BUS ASSEMBLIES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 2 OF 6
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
4. Support locations, type of support, and weight on each support.
C. Location of adjacent construction elements including light fixtures, HVAC and plumbing
equipment, fire sprinklers and piping, signal and control devices, and other equipment.
D. Product Certificates: For each type of enclosed bus assembly, signed by product manufacturer.
E. Field quality-control test reports.
F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed bus assemblies to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain enclosed bus assemblies and plug-in devices through one source
from a single manufacturer.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing
indicated, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or is a
nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and
that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Comply with NEMA BU 1, "Busways."
D. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle enclosed bus assemblies according to NEMA BU 1.1, "General
Instructions for Proper Handling, Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Busway Rated 600
Volts or Less."
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Derate enclosed bus assemblies for continuous operation at indicated ampere ratings for
ambient temperature not exceeding 122 deg F.
1.6 COORDINATION
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 25 00 University of Connecticut ENCLOSED BUS ASSEMBLIES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 3 OF 6
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
A. Coordinate layout and installation of enclosed bus assemblies and suspension system with
other construction that penetrates ceilings or floors or is supported by them, including light
fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
1. Square D; Schneider Electric – I-Line Plug-In Busway
2.2 ENCLOSED BUS ASSEMBLIES
A. Plug-in Bus Assemblies: NEMA BU 1, low-impedance bus assemblies in nonventilated
housing; single-bolt joints; ratings as indicated.
1. Voltage: Indicated on Drawings; 3 phase-4 wire; 100 percent neutral capacity.
2. Temperature Rise: 55 deg C above 40 deg C ambient maximum for continuous rated
current.
3. Bus Materials: Current-carrying copper conductors, fully insulated with Class 130C
insulation except at joints; plated surface at joints.
4. Ground:
a. 50 percent capacity isolated, internal bus bar of material matching bus material.
5. Enclosure: Steel with manufacturer's standard finish.
6. Fittings and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard.
7. Mounting: Arranged flat, edgewise, or vertically without derating.
2.3 PLUG-IN DEVICES
A. Enclosed, Fusible Switch, 800 A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with Class “R” or “L” clips
to accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with two padlocks, and interlocked with cover
in closed position.
B. Accessories: Hookstick operator, adjustable to maximum extension of 14 feet.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 25 00 University of Connecticut ENCLOSED BUS ASSEMBLIES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 4 OF 6
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
C. Provide other accessories as indicated on drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Support bus assemblies independent of supports for other elements such as equipment
enclosures at connections to panelboards, pipes, conduits, ceilings, and ducts.
1. Design each fastener and support to carry 200 lb or 4 times the weight of bus assembly,
whichever is greater.
2. Support bus assembly to prevent twisting from eccentric loading.
3. Support bus assembly with not less than 3/8-inch steel rods. Install side bracing to
prevent swaying or movement of bus assembly. Modify supports after completion to
eliminate strains and stresses on bus bars and housings.
4. Fasten supports securely to building structure according to Section "Hangers and
Supports for Electrical Systems."
B. Install expansion fittings at locations where bus assemblies cross building expansion joints.
Install at other locations so distance between expansion fittings does not exceed manufacturer's
recommended distance between fittings.
C. Coordinate bus-assembly terminations to equipment enclosures to ensure proper phasing,
connection, and closure.
D. Tighten bus-assembly joints with torque wrench or similar tool recommended by bus-assembly
manufacturer. Tighten joints again after bus assemblies have been energized for 30 days.
E. Install bus-assembly, plug-in units. Support connecting conduit independent of plug-in unit.
F. The height of the busway shall be coordinated with the Architect.
G. End of Runs: End pieces and end caps will be provided to install at the ends of each run.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Ground equipment according to the National Electrical Code.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 25 00 University of Connecticut ENCLOSED BUS ASSEMBLIES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 5 OF 6
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use both those specified in
UL 486A and UL 486B.
C. Tighten all bus assembly connections and joints according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values or recommendations.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
to assist in testing.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA
Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.
C. Remove and replace units that do not pass tests and inspections and retest as specified above.
D. Infrared Scanning: Two months after Substantial Completion, perform an infrared scan of bus
assembly including joints and plug-in units.
1. Use an infrared-scanning device designed to measure temperature or detect significant
deviations from normal values. Provide documentation of device calibration.
2. Perform 2 follow-up infrared scans of bus assembly, one at 4 months and the other at 11
months after Substantial Completion.
3. Prepare a certified report identifying bus assembly checked and describing results of
scanning. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and scanning
observations after remedial action.
E. Test Labeling: On completion of satisfactory testing of each unit, attach a dated and signed
"Satisfactory Test" label to tested component.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.
3.5 CLEANING
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 26 25 00 University of Connecticut ENCLOSED BUS ASSEMBLIES 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 6 OF 6
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 New Haven, Connecticut 06511
CWA Project # 1816 ADDENDUM #3
NOVEMBER 26, 2018
A. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection to ensure that moisture does not enter bus assembly.
END OF SECTION
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 10 00 University of Connecticut STRUCTURED CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 1 OF 12
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
SECTION 27 10 00 - STRUCTURED CABLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. General requirements for Communications work.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
A. 27 05 28.29 Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems
B. 27 11 16 Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames and Enclosures
C. 27 11 19 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels
D. 27 11 23 Communications Cable Management and Ladder Rack
E. 27 11 26 Communications Rack Mounted Power Protection and Power Strips
F. 27 13 13 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling
G. 27 13 23 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling
H. 27 15 13 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling
I. 27 15 43 Communications Faceplates and Connectors
1.3
RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED IN UNDER SECTIONS 271000 BUT SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. 07 80 00 Fire and Smoke Protection
B. 09 90 00 Painting and Coating
C. 27 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems
D. 27 05 28.29 Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems
E. 27 05 53 Identification for Communications Systems
F. 27 08 00 Commissioning of Communications:
1.4
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
A. These specifications are material, equipment, and performance specifications. Actual
installation requirements shall be as indicated on the drawings. Installation details indicated on
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 10 00 University of Connecticut STRUCTURED CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 2 OF 12
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
the drawings shall govern if they differ from the specifications. Contractor is obligated to identify such differences at the time of bid submission.
B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable governmental regulations and with all Federal, State, City, and other applicable codes and ordinances. If the contractor performs any work which is contrary to such regulations, codes, and ordinances, contractor shall make all changes to comply therewith and bear all costs arising there from.
C. It is the intent of this Specification that all items under these Sections be engineered,
assembled, installed and maintained by, and under the full responsibility of a single Contractor, whether these processes are actually performed by the Contractor or not. Deviations from this intent are to be fully described in the proposal, with reasons for the same, and the coordination methods required facilitating the least effect of the deviation on the project's implementation.
D. The existing connectivity solution for this building is HUBBELL, all additional cables shall comply with the Hubbell 25 year warranty. Match all existing colors and labeling schemes.
1.5 WORK INCLUDED
A. The Owner seeks to identify a qualified telecommunications cabling contractor capable of
performing the scope of work as identified in the Contract Documents.
B. It is the intent of these Specifications to create an ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-B compliant cabling
system to support high-speed data applications up to and in excess of 1000 Mbps including IEEE standards based on Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, and ATM. System acceptance shall be judged on its ability to perform as such, the successful adherence to the installation instructions of this Specification, and compliance with parts and workmanship warranties.
C. The work covered by this specification includes the installation of a complete cabling system,
including all labor necessary to perform and complete such installation, all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in such installation, and all services, supervision, consumable items, fees, licenses, facilities, tools, and equipment necessary or used to perform and complete such installation.
D. The Work Included is defined by the following and further defined in the drawings and Sections
of Division 27 10 00:
1. Provide project management and oversight for the installation of a complete structured
cabling system.
2. Prepare and submit component documentation shop drawings, cable termination
schedules, cable test results and as-built drawings as described within this Specification and per General Condition.
E. Preparation of shop drawings, record or as-built drawings, manufacturer cut sheets, and other
documentation described herein.
1.6 DEFINITIONS
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 10 00 University of Connecticut STRUCTURED CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 3 OF 12
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
A. (NEC) National Electrical Code.
B. (OSHA) Occupational Safety & Health Administration.
C. (ANSI) American National Standards Institute.
D. (NFPA) National Fire Protection Association
E. (ASA) American Standards Association
F. (IEEE) Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers
G. (NEMA) National Electrical Manufacturers Association
H. (UL) Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc
I. (IES) Illuminating Engineering Society
J. (IPCEA) International Power Cable Engineers Association
K. (ASTM) American Society of Testing Materials
L. ETL) Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc
M. (EIA) Electronic Industries Association
N. (TIA) Telecommunication Industries Association
O. (FCC) Federal Communications Commission
P. (FM) Factory Mutual
Q. "WIRING" or "CABLING" includes furnishing, unless otherwise noted, of all fittings, hangers,
supports, sleeves, etc.
R. "CONDUIT" and CABLE TRAY" includes furnishing, unless otherwise noted, of all fittings,
hangers, supports, sleeves, etc.
S. AS DIRECTED" means as instructed by the IT Project Manager or his representative.
T. "CONCEALED" means embedded in masonry or other construction, installed behind wall furring
or within double partitions, or installed within hung ceilings.
U. "EXPOSED" means not installed underground or "CONCEALED" as defined above.
V. “PERMANENT LINK” means the end-to-end test configuration for a link excluding test cords
and patch cords, but including the mated connection with the link.
1.7 CODES, REGULATIONS, AND STANDARDS
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 10 00 University of Connecticut STRUCTURED CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 4 OF 12
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
A. All equipment shall be equal to or exceed the minimum requirements of OSHA, NEMA, IEEE,
SAME, ASME, ANSI, NEC and Underwriters' Laboratories.
B. The installation shall comply fully with all applicable local, county and state laws and
ordinances, regulations and codes.
C. Local electrical and building codes in New York may be more stringent than national codes,
recommendations or practice. Follow the most restrictive code or recommendations.
D. Should any change in plans or specifications be required to comply with governmental
regulations, the contractor shall notify the Construction Manager and the IT Project Manager at the time of submitting the construction schedule
E. All products, services and materials provided and performed under the scope of this specification shall conform to the following codes and standards:
1. ANSI X3T9.5 FDDI
2. ANSI X3T9.5 CDDI
3. Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI) Telecommunications
Distribution Methods Manual - latest edition.
4. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C: Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard.
5. ANSI/TIA/EIA-569: Commercial Building Standards for Telecommunications Pathways
and Spaces.
6. ANSI/TIA/EIA-606: Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications
Infrastructure.
7. ANSI J-STD-607: Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements
for Telecommunications.
8. EIA RS-232 Serial Communications Electrical Interface.
9. EIA RS-310-C Racks, Panels and Associated Equipment.
10. FCC Part 15
11. FCC Part 68
12. IEEE 802.3
13. IEEE 802.5
14. Article 770 Optical Fiber Cables
15. Article 800 Communications Circuits
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 10 00 University of Connecticut STRUCTURED CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 5 OF 12
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
16. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
17. NFPA 75 Protection of Electronic Computer / Data Processing Equipment
1.8 EVALUATION FACTORS
A. The organization selected must demonstrate a strong commitment to The Owner in terms of
service, technical support, and long term commitment.
B. The organization selected must have proven experience in the installation and termination of
unshielded twisted pair cable, fiber optic cable, and termination hardware.
C. The organization selected must exhibit a track record of satisfactory customer relations in field
installation, service, project management, and engineering.
D. The organization selected must have the project management capabilities to cost effectively and rapidly respond to field conditions such as additions, deletions, and time frame changes through the re-scheduling of manpower, supplying of equipment and modification of shop drawings.
E. The proposal pricing must reflect a thorough understanding of the job through accurate drawing
"take-offs", man-power and materials scheduling, and project management approach. The overall competitiveness of proposed pricing will be weighted heavily.
F. The professionalism of the proposal and Marketing/Technical staff involved will provide valuable
insight into each organization's ability and willingness to satisfy the complex and changing needs of The Owner.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All materials furnished shall be new, unused, clean and free from damage, defects or corrosion.
B. Equipment and materials of the same type shall be a product of the same manufacturer
throughout unless specifically exempted in advance.
C. Contractor shall be a Hubbell Certified Installer and register the additional cables with the Hubbell 25 year warranty.
1.10 SUBMITTALS
A. No shop drawings will be processed without an accepted submittal list. Data of a general
nature will not be accepted. The materials and equipment submittals will include:
1. All material, systems and equipment as listed herein:
2. Mark each copy of the product data sheets to show applicable choices and options.
3. Where product data includes information on several products, some of which are not
required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 10 00 University of Connecticut STRUCTURED CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 6 OF 12
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
4. Submit manufacturer's product data sheets for all fire stopping materials proposed for use on the project.
B. Installation of telecommunications systems shall be performed under the direct supervision of a
trained specialist, authorized by the manufacturer. Within two (2) days after date of execution of contract documents, submit for review and acceptance the following information:
1. Field superintendent’s name.
2. Telephone number and address.
3. A list of three projects of equivalent in size and complexity to that specified herein that
were directly supervised by the proposed superintendent-specialist.
4. Project List for each project detailing; the name of the project; location; project
description; construction cost; name and telephone number of The Owner’s representative; date installation started; and date installation was completed.
5. Certifications and professional designations within the telecommunications industry.
C. Labor force shall have certified technicians trained by the manufacturer and shall provide with the bid response copies of certifications for all technicians who are expected to install the system and execute the tests. Amend this submission at time of actual installation with updated data on all technicians actually assigned. Within two (2) days after date of execution of contract documents, submit for review and acceptance the following information for each technician:
1. Optical Fiber Terminator: Certifications for training on the approved manufacturers’
connectors and in the splicing methodologies.
2. UTP Cable Testers: Certifications for use of Level III UTP cable testers to be used on the
project.
3. Optical Fiber Cable Testers: Certifications for use of optical loss power meters and
OTDR testing equipment to be used on the project.
D. Shop Drawings:
1. Refer to Division 01.
1.11 COORDINATION OF WORK
A. Carefully check space requirements and the physical confines of the areas of work to ensure
that all material can be installed in the spaces allotted thereto, including TER, TR, and TSER rooms, riser space and sleeves, raceways, conduits, and cable supports.
B. Transmit to Construction Manager, with 2 days notice, all information necessary for any work
required by other trades and/or equipment vendors to insure that all trades/vendors have the information necessary to properly install all the necessary connections and equipment. Also with 1 day notice, identify all items of work that require access so that the Construction Manager may arrange for such access.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 10 00 University of Connecticut STRUCTURED CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 7 OF 12
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Ship all products and materials in a manner that will protect them from damage, weather, and
entry of debris. If items are damaged, do not install, but take immediate steps to obtain replacement.
B. Deliver materials (except bulk materials) in manufacturer’s unopened container, fully identified
with the manufacturer’s name, trade name, type, class, grade, size and color.
C. Store materials suitably sheltered from the elements, but readily accessible for inspection until
installed. Store all items subject to moisture damage in dry spaces. Identify space requirements for storage with the submittals.
D. Costs of all shipping to the site and all unusual storage requirements shall be borne by the
Contractor. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make appropriate arrangements and to coordinate with authorized personnel at the site for the proper acceptance, handling, protection and storage of equipment so delivered.
E. Movement of material, either at the time of delivery or subsequently, shall be the sole
responsibility of the Contractor. All costs associated with this movement shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor.
F. Movement of material, either at the time of delivery or subsequently, shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. All costs associated with this movement shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor.
G. The Contractor shall be responsible for the save storage of all equipment. In the event of
equipment damage or disappearance from the site, the Contractor shall bear full responsibility and all costs associate with equipment replacement at no additional cost to The Owner.
H. The contractor shall maintain and protect all equipment, materials, and tools from loss or
damage from all causes until final acceptance by The Owner.
1.13 PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A. Subsequent to the installation and prior to acceptance of the work, the contractor shall prepare
and issue record (as-built) drawings, in an AutoCAD format, that reflect the lengths of cables installed, the actual manner and conditions of installation, including all deletions from, additions to or departures from the contract documents. These documents are to include the information outlet station numbers and cable routing where it varies from the original plan.
B. Provide revised cable termination schedules for all cables installed under the Work. Schedules
shall be in printed form and on CD in Microsoft Excel format.
C. Provide two (2) sets of Operation and Maintenance Manuals including wiring diagrams, parts
list, shop drawings and manufacturers' information on all equipment and cables provided under this Work. Provide manuals in a high quality, 3-ring binder, completely indexed. Provide manuals within fifteen days of systems acceptance.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 10 00 University of Connecticut STRUCTURED CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 8 OF 12
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
1.14 MANUFACTURER’S EXTENDED WARRANTIES
A. All bidders must guarantee that all extended warranties be afforded to The Owner. A copy of
certification by the manufacturer for all products listed in this specification is to be provided as an attachment to the bid response.
B. Prior to commencement of the work, the successful bidder shall contact an authorized
manufacturer’s representative to inform them that this job is being registered under the warranty program.
C. Upon completion of the work, the contractor shall coordinate with the manufacturer the issuance
of a full Warranty on the entire copper and fiber optic cable plant including the horizontal cabling for both parts and labor. The cabling contractor at his sole expense will correct any deficiencies determined by the manufacturer. The Owner will hold 10 (ten) % retainage on the full dollar amount of the contract until the full extended warranty is received.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REFER TO THE SPECIFIC SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT
REQUIREMENTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 STAFFING
A. The contractor shall use only a skilled, experienced and reliable work force and shall
discontinue the services of anyone employed on this project upon written request by The Owner or its designated Project Manager.
B. Craft personnel shall be certified personnel qualified to perform the work and be knowledgeable
of the following activities:
1. Color coding or standard American telephone/ data telecommunications cables.
2. Bonding and grounding of shields.
3. Testing conductors for transmission impairments.
4. Testing conductor insulation.
5. Installation and termination of optical fiber cabling.
6. Testing and verification of optical fiber transmission characteristics with a power meter.
7. Telephone and Data Industry Cable Installation Standards and Manufacturer's
Instructions will be used for in-process quality control and final acceptance of the work installation.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 10 00 University of Connecticut STRUCTURED CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 9 OF 12
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
8. Conduit and ladder rack installation.
C. Craft personnel will be required to provide and use the proper tools and test equipment in the
performance of each activity. The tools must be in good working order, and the test equipment must have current calibration certificates, as applicable. The Owner reserves the right to review the tool and test equipment lists and maintenance procedures of the contractor.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Follow manufacturer's instructions for installing, connecting, and adjusting all
telecommunications riser and horizontal cabling and associated supporting, termination and splicing equipment, conduits, poke throughs, and ladder rack. Provide a copy of such instructions at the equipment during any work on the equipment.
B. Keep all items protected before and after installation. Provide protection for exposed cables
roughed onto the floor prior to their installation into the furniture systems. Clean up and remove all debris.
C. If products and materials are specified herein for a specific item or system, use those products or materials. If products and materials are not listed, use first-class products and materials, subject to acceptance of shop drawings.
D. Examine and compare the telecommunications cabling drawings and specifications with the
drawings and specifications of other trades; report any discrepancies between them to the IT Project Manager; and obtain from him written instructions for changes necessary in the work.
E. The locations of structural and architectural features, existing sleeves, floor slots, termination
and cross connect fields, panels, racks and other equipment indicated on the drawings are approximate. The contractor shall verify the existence, locations, and suitability of all such items, and shall present, with bid response, required modifications to contract documents necessary to complete this work.
F. At time of bid, the most stringent requirements must be included in the bid. Install and
coordinate the telecommunications cabling work, including conduit, ladder rack, and poke throughs in cooperation with other trades and with vendors installing interrelated work. Before installation, make proper provisions to avoid interferences in a manner accepted by the Construction Manager. All repairs or changes required in the work of the contractor, caused by his neglect, shall be made by the contractor, at the contractor's expense.
G. Only site surveys and take-offs of the architectural drawings are to be used by the contractor to
determine cable, conduit, and ladder rack lengths and distances between floors and closets that form the basis of the contractor’s bid. The Owner accepts no responsibility as to the accuracy of the preceding distances.
3.3 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
A. Furnish, install, terminate and test all horizontal, riser and outlet cabling for all floors shown in
the attached and associated drawings and described below:
1. The contractor shall route all copper and fiber cabling, unless otherwise identified, via
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 10 00 University of Connecticut STRUCTURED CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 10 OF 12
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
hung ceilings, ladder rack, conduits, raised floors, poke-throughs, and furniture systems unless otherwise noted. Contractor shall install all overhead station cable in such a manner that the selected route does not in any way compromise ceiling integrity. Cables that are routed in open ceiling areas must be neatly tie wrapped and suspended with the appropriate hangers and shall not be allowed to rest on ducts, pipes and conduits. At no time will cable be supported from hung ceilings or ceiling support wires. All overhead cabling must be neatly bundled and secured as close as possible to the overhead slab to avoid conflict with or EMI from flexible electrical conduits, motors, etc.
2. Core drilling and the installation of aftersets, grommeted access slots, sleeves, conduits,
fire rated poke-throughs, and raceways required to route copper and fiber optic cabling will be furnished and installed by parties as indicated by contract documents. Where pathways furnished by others are not sufficient for the routing of cabling, this condition shall be brought to the attention of the Construction Manager and the IT Project Manager, in writing, by this contractor.
3. As indicated, cabling shall run to workstation and other outlets through cavities in the
drywall and openings in sheet metal or wooden studs within the drywall construction. The sheet metal studs will not be gasketed for this purpose, it shall be the contractor's responsibility to exercise extreme care in snaking cable through these areas to avoid damage to the cable jacketing.
4. Information Outlet face plates for all boxes will be furnished and installed by cable contractor.
5. All cabling shall be at least: 12” from high voltage lighting and fluorescent fixtures unless
within a metal enclosure 72” from transformers and motors.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Most fiber and copper station cables will enter the MTR and TR Rooms through the conduits
and overhead ladder rack, both as provided by others, based on the cable routing requirements reflected on drawings.
B. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to assure that the maximum tensile load and
minimum bend radius of all cables (fiber and copper) are not exceeded. When terminating UTP cable, the contractor must maintain pair twists up to the termination point and the cable sheath shall not be removed more than 0.5” from the termination point. Velcro tie wraps are to be hand tightened on cables to prevent crimping cable sheath. Plastic tie wraps are not to be used on lateral cables. The contractor is responsible for protecting all connectorized cables from damage by other contractors at the information outlet before and after installation of the outlet faceplates.
C. Termination Hardware:
1. All horizontal station cabling will be terminated on 8 pin modular patch panels. All single-
mode fiber optic riser and tie cabling shall be terminated on fiber distribution coupler panels with SC-APC connectors. All multimode fiber optic tie cabling shall be terminated on fiber distribution coupler with LC connectors. All copper riser and tie cables shall be terminated on wall mounted 110 blocks.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 10 00 University of Connecticut STRUCTURED CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 11 OF 12
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
2. All termination hardware shall be grounded and bonded according to applicable codes, EIA/TIA standards, and Section 27 05 26.
D. Voice and Data Risers:
1. As indicated on the drawings, fiber optic and copper riser cables shall be installed from
the ER room to the TR. The contractor is responsible for supporting cables installed above hung ceilings separately from the ceiling supports, conduits, etc.
E. Horizontal Subsystem Cabling: All horizontal cables shall be installed as uninterrupted
conductor sections between the TR and station outlets:
1. Installation of outlet jacks shall be coordinated by the contractor with the work of other
trades, all working together with the Construction Manager.
2. Standard information outlets shall be housed in a single gang box, flush mount poke
through, surface mount raceway, or furniture system raceway as indicated on the drawings. All horizontal cables shall be terminated on 8-pin modular jacks.
3. All installed connectors shall be protected and insulated during and following the
installation. Protective caps or dust covers shipped with connectors shall be left in place or replaced by the contractor if found to be dislodged or damaged.
3.5 FIRE-STOP PENETRATION SEALANT– (REFER TO WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS
3.6
REPLACEMENT
A. Any fiber strand, connector, block, or module installed by the contractor, which fails to meet the
loss budget or tests below the manufacturer's standards, shall be replaced at no additional cost to the The Owner. The replacement cable, connector, or part shall be tested after repairs havebeen made to verify compliance. Only equipment that meets the installation requirements stated herein shall meet The Owner’s acceptance requirements.
3.7
SOURCE MANUFACTURING AND QUALITY CONTROL
A. Cables that are supplied by the contractor, and test outside of the factory test data by a margin
of 10 percent on loss, may, at The Owner’s option, be deemed non-usable and returned to themanufacturer for replacement.
3.8
POST IMPLEMENTATION TESTING
A. Following the physical installation of the cabling, the contractor will conduct pre-checkout tests
as described below, "Physical Inspection", prior to the formal acceptance tests with The Owner.
3.9
PHYSICAL INSPECTION
A. Prior to conducting any transmission testing, the following visual inspections will be performed:
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 10 00 University of Connecticut STRUCTURED CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 12 OF 12
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 26, 2018
1. Verify that all cable has been installed to full compliance with the proposal specifications.
2. Check for physical damage to the Fiber Distribution Panels and termination hardware.
3. Check that all cabling is properly jacketed, installation properly labeled at both ends of the cable, termination hardware is completed in all IDF’s and the ER Room.
4. Verify that all cable bends are within the manufacturer's specified bend radius
5. Verify that all cabinets and racks (which require grounding) are properly grounded and comply with the National and Local Electrical Codes for grounding.
6. Verify that the cables are properly approved and structurally supported for termination.
7. Verify that the requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction have been satisfied.
END OF SECTION
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 11 19 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 1 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
SECTION 27 11 19 - COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provides specifications for wall and rack/cabinet-mounted blocks, patch bays, and patch panel
components utilized to terminate various telecommunications infrastructure cabling and connectivity.
B. Section Includes:
1. UTP Patch Panels
2. Wiremold Outlets
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. 271000 Telecommunications Structured Cabling
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms:
1. A/E: Architect / Engineer (designer)
2. BICSI: Building Industry Consulting Service International
3. IDF: Intermediate Distribution Facility
4. IT: Information Technology
5. LOMMF: Laser Optimized Multimode Fiber
6. OSP: Outside Plant
7. RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer
8. RoHS Restriction of Hazardous Substances.
9. ScTP Screened Twisted Pair
10. TCIM: Telecommunication Cabling Installation Manual
11. TDMM: Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual
12. TIA: Telecommunications Industry Association
13. UTP: Unshielded Twisted Pair:
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 11 19 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 2 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
B. Codes and Regulations: (Note: Reference Division One for specific code versions governing the
work in addition to the information noted below.):
1. Refer to the Section 27 10 00.
C. Reference Material: Refer to the most recent version, update or addenda:
1. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE):
a. ANSI/IEEE 802.3, 10Base-T Ethernet – 2002
b. ANSI/IEEE 802.12, 100Base-TX Ethernet – 2002
c. ANSI/IEEE 802.3ab, 1000Base-T Ethernet Specification – 2002
d. ANSI/IEEE 802.3ae, 10Gb/s Ethernet Specifications – 2002
e. ANSI/IEEE 802.11, Wireless Ethernet Specifications, including 802.11a, 802.11b
and 802.11g – 2002
f. TIA-568-C.1: Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, Edition
C, Publish Date 05/03/2012.
g. TIA-568-C.2: Balanced Twisted-Pair Cabling and Components Standards, Edition
C, Publish Date May 2010.
h. TIA-568-C.3: Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard, Edition C, Publish Date
10/13/2011.
i. TIA-569-C: Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, Edition C, Publish Date
05/03/2012.
j. TIA-942: Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers,
Revision/Edition A, Published August 2012.
k. TIA-607: Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) for
Customer Premises, Edition B, Publish Date 08/26/2011.
l. Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM) 12th Edition – 2009
m. Information Transport Systems Installation Methods Manual (ITSIMM) 6th Edition
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Submit all product data in accordance with Division 01 and Section 27 10 00.
B. Shop Drawings:
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 11 19 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 3 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
1. Submit all product data in accordance with Division 01 and Section 27 10 00.
C. As-Built Drawings:
1. Submit all product data in accordance with Division 01 and Section 271000.
2. Submit as-built drawings a minimum of two (2) weeks after completion of all Division-27
work for A/E and Owner reference.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications – Manufacturer:
1. Component manufactures shall be ISO 9001:2000 and offer products that are RoHS
compliant.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 UTP PATCH PANELS
A. Manufacturer List:
1. Hubbell
B. Description:
1. All patch panels are to be rated for category 6
2. All patch panels are to be rack/cabinet mountable within industry standard TIA 19”
mounting rails unless otherwise noted.
3. All patch panels are to provide adequate space for individual port labeling on the front
and cable/connector labeling on the back.
4. All installed UTP patch panels shall be forty-eight (48) port patch panels with open
modular ports that accept a single RJ 45-type module for each cable or 110-style IDC rear termination patch panels as indicated in the TT-series drawings.
5. The performance criteria for the UTP patch panels must meet or exceed the performance
parameters for frequency, attenuation, near end cross-talk (NEXT), attenuation to cross- talk ratio (ACR), power sum NEXT (PS-NEXT), power sum ACR (PS-ACR), equal level far end cross-talk (ELFEXT), power sum far end cross-talk (PS-FEXT), and return loss (RL) as set forth in TIA-568-C Augmented Category-6 standards.
6. Any unused UTP patch panel ports shall be filled with blank inserts that are black in color.
C. Accessory Products:
1. Provide any accessory products related to the UTP patch panels to provide a complete
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 11 19 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 4 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
and functional infrastructure system.
2.2 OPTICAL FIBER PATCH PANEL
A. Refer to 271119.13 (Optical Fiber Modules and Housings) for information on fiber termination
hardware for IDF and MDF rooms.
2.3
WIREMOLD OUTLETS
A. Description:
1. Provide mounting frame to install jacks inside wiremold raceway.
2. Frames shall be compatible with duplex style raceway cover plate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Check actual site conditions prior to start of any work. Ensure all preceding trade work
associated with the telecommunications system is accurate and complete before proceeding with installation or use of products specified in this section. Examples of work which must be checked include, but are not limited to:
1. Electrical requirements (conduit installation and capacity)
2. The telecommunications rooms are the size shown on the project drawings.
3. Adequate clearances of doors, riser spaces and ceilings for all component of the
telecommunications system.
4. Examine and compare the telecommunications drawings and specifications with the
drawings and specifications of other trades. Report any discrepancies between them to the A/E and obtain written instructions for changes or revisions.
3.2 UTP PATCH PANELS
A. Process:
1. Install all optical fiber and UTP components under the guidelines of the manufacturer’s
recommended instructions and per all TIA-568-C standards and manufacturer-approved industry practices as shown in the TT-series drawings.
2. The installation and performance parameters of all installed cable termination panels
shall be verified by the contractor through TIA-568-C testing procedures.
3. Label all cable termination panels to identify each port and each specific panel in
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 11 19 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 5 OF 5
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
accordance with the TIA-606 labeling scheme approved by the Owner. END OF SECTION
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 15 13 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 1 OF 6
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
SECTION 27 15 13 COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provides specifications for 4-pair UTP copper horizontal workstation cabling to
distribute network signals from telecommunications distribution spaces to workstation outlet locations.
B. Section Includes:
1. Four Pair UTP Cabling.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. 27 10 00 Communications Structured Cabling
B. 27 11 19 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels
C. 27 11 16 Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames and Enclosures
1.3
CODES AND REGULATIONS: (NOTE: REFERENCE DIVISION ONE FOR SPECIFIC CODE VERSIONS GOVERNING THE WORK IN ADDITION TO THE INFORMATION NOTED BELOW)
A. Refer to the Section 27 10 00
1.4
REFERENCES
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms:
1. A/E: Architect / Engineer (designer)
2. BICSI: Building Industry Consulting Service International
3. ELFEXT: Equal Level far End Cross Talk
4. IDF: Intermediate Distribution Facility
5. ILEC/LEC: Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier
6. ISP: Inside Plant
7. IT: Information Technology
8. MDF: Main Distribution Facility
9. MPOE: Minimum Point of Entry
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 15 13 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 2 OF 6
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
10. NEXT: Near End Cross Talk
11. OSP: Outside Plant
12. PSELFEXT: Power Sum Equal Level far End Cross Talk
13. PSNEXT: Power Sum Near End Cross Talk
14. RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer
15. RoHS: Restriction of Hazardous Substances
16. ScTP: Screened Twisted Pair
17. TCIM: Telecommunication Cabling Installation Manual
18. TDMM: Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual
19. TIA: Telecommunications Industry Association
20. WAP: Wireless Access Point
B. Reference Material: Refer to the most recent version, update or addenda:
1. ANSI/IEEE 802.3 - 10Base-T Ethernet – 2002
2. ANSI/IEEE 802.12 - 100Base-TX Ethernet – 2002
3. ANSI/IEEE 802.3ab - 1000Base-T Ethernet Specification – 2002
4. ANSI/IEEE 802.3ae - 10Gb/s Ethernet Specifications – 2002
5. ANSI/IEEE 802.11 - Wireless Ethernet Specifications, including 802.11a,
802.11b and 802.11g – 2002 6. TIA-568-C.1: Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard,
Edition C, Publish Date 05/03/2012 7. TIA-568-C.2: Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling And
Components Standards, Edition C, Publish Date May 2010 8. TIA-569: Telecommunications Pathways And Spaces, Edition C, Publish Date
05/03/2012 9. TIA-942: Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers,
Revision/Edition A, published August 2012 10. TIA-607: Generic Telecommunications Bonding And Grounding (Earthing) For
Customer Premises, Edition B, Publish Date 08/26/2011
11. Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM) 12th Edition – 2009
12. Information Transport Systems Installation Methods Manual (ITSIMM) 6th Edition
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 15 13 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 3 OF 6
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Install and coordinate the telecommunications cabling work in cooperation with
other trades installing interrelated work. Before installation, make proper provisions to avoid interference in a manner accepted by the A/E. Any repairs or changes made necessary in the contract work, caused by the contractors neglect, shall be made by the contractor at their own expense.
B. Scheduling:
1. Contract Documents and the overall construction schedule must be carefully
reviewed to determine all required interfacing and timing of the work. All such documents shall be available through the General Contractor or Construction Manager.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Submit all product data in accordance with Division 01 and Section 27 10 00.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit all product data in accordance with Division 01 and Section 27 10 00.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates:
1. Submit management and installation team reference documentation verifying
that.
B. The project manager is a RCDD in good standing with BICSI and is qualified to manage
the scope of work described in the contract document and has five (5) years of experience managing similar projects in size and scope. The documentation shall include the RCDD registration number.
C. The field supervisor is a BICSI trained technician that is qualified to perform and
oversee the work described in the contract documents:
1. Qualification Statements:
a. The contractor shall submit documentation that within the past 12 months,
a minimum of 75% of all installation personnel have been trained or certified by the manufacturer of the products they are installing.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 15 13 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 4 OF 6
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Warranty Documentation:
1. Submit manufacturers extended warranty certification documentation one (1)
week after the warranty acceptance by the manufacturer. It shall be the contractor’s responsibility to facilitate the manufacturer specific warranty requirements.
2. As-Built Drawings:
a. Submit all as-built drawings in accordance with the general requirements
of the construction documents.
b. Submit as-built drawings a minimum of two (2) weeks after completion of
all Division-27 work for A/E and Owner reference.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications – Manufacturer:
1. Component manufactures shall be ISO 9001:2000 and offer products that are
RoHS compliant.
B. Qualifications – Installer:
1. At a minimum, seventy-five percent (75%) of the onsite contractor provided field
technicians shall be factory certified within 12 months by the manufacturer of the selected telecommunications system components being installed. Proof of certification shall be available on site for review at all times for each field technician.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FOUR PAIR CATEGORY 6 UTP CABLING
A. Manufacturer List:
1. Hubbell and all cable manufacturers accepted by the Hubbell extended
warranty program.
B. Description:
1. Category-6 performance four (4) pair UTP cable shall consist of eight (8) twenty-
three (23) gauge, or greater, thermoplastic insulated solid twisted conductors that utilize the industry standard color code designations.
2. The performance criteria for four (4) pair UTP cable shall be above and beyond
specific TIA-568-C standards for the particular cable’s rating and shall show stable performance with documented electrical characterization out to 650MHz.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 15 13 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 5 OF 6
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
3. Four (4) pair UTP cables must perform over and above each of the current
specification parameters for the latest published unshielded twisted pair, 1 Gb performance cable solution.
4. Four (4) pair UTP cables shall be a four twisted pairs of 23-gauge insulated
copper conductors surrounded by a tight inner jacket and a co-extruded air- chambered outer jacket. Cable construction also includes a pair divider along the cable center. Cable design shall support voice, analog baseband video/audio, RS-232, RS422, RS-485, 100BASE-TX Ethernet, 155 Mbps ATM, AES/EBU digital audio, 270 Mbps digital video, and emerging high-bandwidth applications, including 1 Gb Ethernet and Category 6 cables, as well as all 77 channels (250 Mhz) of analog broadband video.
5. Cables shall be rated per the installation environment as required by the local
AHJ and local codes.
6. Select an appropriate cable construction, including external jacket properties,
when installing cables in aerial, outdoor, underground and corrosive environments:
7. Provide one Cat-6A cable for each Wireless Access Point. Terminate at the WAP with a Hubbell SP6A plug.
C. Accessory Products:
1. Provide any accessory products related to the UTP copper 4-pair cabling
required to provide a complete and functional infrastructure system.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Check actual site conditions prior to start of any work. Ensure all preceding trade work
associated with the telecommunications system is accurate and complete before proceeding with installation or use of products specified in this section. Examples of work which must be checked include, but are not limited to:
1. Examine and compare the telecommunications drawings and specifications with
the drawings and specifications of other trades. Report any discrepancies between them to the A/E and obtain written instructions for changes or revisions.
2. Adequate clearances of doors, riser spaces and ceilings for all component of the
telecommunications system.
3. Electrical requirements (conduit installation and capacity.
3.2 FOUR PAIR UTP CABLING INSTALLATION
A. Process:
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 15 13 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 6 OF 6
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
1. Install all horizontal station cabling per the manufacturer’s recommended installation instructions, under the guidelines of TIA-568-C and BICSI, and in quantities indicated in the TT-series drawings.
2. Install all cables with proper attention paid to bend radii, pulling method,
attachment method, and pulling forces. All cable shall be pulled using an appropriate measuring device to ensure that the specified force is not exceeded as noted in BICSI guidelines. Also refer to the cable manufacturer's specifications for exact cable requirements per the particular cable type.
3. All cables shall be visually inspected for insufficient bend radius during and after
pulling. Damaged cables, or those installed under questionable methods and/or circumstances shall be replaced at no additional cost to the owner.
4. Contractor shall ensure that all TIA and industry standards are met with special
regards to maximum stripping length of cable jackets. No four (4) pair UTP cables shall have more than three-eight inch (3/8”) of cable jacket removed beyond the termination points.
5. Install the horizontal cabling with attention paid to aesthetic means and methods
when routing cabling within IT spaces.
6. All cabling distributed horizontally through metal stud framing shall have plastic
protective bushings inserted to protect cables prior to installation.
7. All cables shall be clearly labeled on both ends and in an accessible location no
more than six inches (0’-6”) from the cable ends.
8. The owner reserves the right to specify a new location for any outlet or equipment without increasing contractor unit cost – providing that the new location is specified prior to roughing-in of technology cable and is not farther than ten (10) feet away from the original location specified.
3.3 RE-INSTALLATION
A. No additional burden to the owner regarding costs, network down-time and/or end user
interruption shall result from the re-installation of specified components. Scheduling for re-installation work shall be coordinated, in writing, with the owner prior to beginning the work.
3.4 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. Contractor shall provide documentation of all telecommunications system components
under this section utilized throughout the site for review and reference by the Owner and A/E team.
B. Contractor to submit all as-built drawings and any test documentation required prior to
acceptance by the Owner.
END OF SECTION
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 16 19 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 1 OF 7
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
SECTION 27 16 19 - COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provides specifications for 4-pair Category 6 UTP copper patch cables, multimode and
single-mode optical fiber patch cords.
B. Section Includes:
1. 4-pair Category 6 UTP copper patch cables
2. OM4 Multimode duplex LC to duplex LC optical fiber patch cords
3. OS2 Single-mode SC-APC to SC-APC optical fiber patch cords.
4. OS2 Single-mode SC-APC to duplex LC optical fiber patch cords.
5. OM4 Multimode 24 strand MPO to 24 strand MPO optical fiber jumper cords.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 27 10 00 – Structure Cabling
2. Section 27 13 23 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling
3. Section 27 15 13 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling
4. Section 27 05 53 – Identification for Communications Systems
D. Codes and Regulations:
1. Refer to section 27 10 00
E. Action Submittals:
1. Submit all product data in accordance with Division 01 and section 27 10 00.
2. Submit product cut sheets and a detailed list of components a minimum of six (6)
weeks prior to commencement of Division-27 work for A/E review and action.
F. Administrative Requirements:
1. Provide horizontal and riser cable termination schedules in Microsoft Excel
format 4 weeks in advance of schedule date for patch cord installation so that Owner may complete patch cord installation schedules.
G. Quality Assurance:
1. Refer to section 27 10 00
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 16 19 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 2 OF 7
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
2. Copper patch cord manufacturer must be same as manufacturer of horizontal cable and horizontal cable termination hardware.
3. Optical fiber patch cord manufacturer must be same as manufacturer of optical
fiber riser and riser termination hardware.
4. Copper and optical fiber patch cords must comply with the requirements of
copper and optical fiber systems extended warrantee and allow for the execution of the full channel link warrantee.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CATEGORY 6 RATED 8 PIN MODULAR UTP PATCH CORDS
A. Manufacturer List:
1. Hubbell
B. Description:
1. Physical Specifications: 4-pair, 28 AWG low diameter stranded copper UTP
cable, with male 8-pin modular plugs with insert-molded strain relief on both ends
2. Performance Characteristics: Able to meet or exceed the TIA Category 6 channel
specifications.
3. Support the following applications:
4. IEEE 802.3 10GBase-T, 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet), TIA-854 1000Base-TX,
ATM CB1G
5. Patch cords must have an outer sheath rated for the environment that it is
installed in; riser rated when passing through floors, plenum rated when installed within an air plenum
6. All patch cords supplied must comply with TIA-568-C.2-10, Production Modular
Cord NEXT Loss Test Method, and Requirements for UTP Cabling.
C. Patch cord quantities for Work Area outlets:
1. Patch cords for network services shall be white in color.
2. Each Patch cords shall be serialized and have a unique identifying number
labeled at each end, no more than eight inches from each plug.
3. Furnish patch cords in the following lengths and quantities.
a. 50% in 7 foot length
b. 50% in 10 foot lengths
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 16 19 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 3 OF 7
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
4. Submit patch cords to the owner for installation by others.
D. Patch cord quantities for IP Security equipment:
1. Patch cords for IP Security equipment shall be red in color.
2. Each Patch cords shall be serialized and have a unique identifying number
labeled at each end, no more than eight inches from each plug.
3. Furnish and install in the following lengths and quantities:
a. 30% in 7 foot length
b. 10% in 11 foot lengths
c. 10% in 15 foot length
E. Patch cord quantities for Wireless Access point outlets:
1. Patch cords for Wireless Access point outlets shall be white in color.
2. Each Patch cords shall be serialized and have a unique identifying number
labeled at each end, no more than eight inches from each plug.
3. Furnish and install one (1) 5 foot patch cord for each Wireless Access point
outlet symbol indicated on the TT floor plan drawings.
4. Install owner supplied Wireless Access Points.
F. Patch cord quantities for TR and ER rooms:
1. Patch cords for network services shall be white in color.
2. Each Patch cords shall be serialized and have a unique identifying number labeled at each end, no more than eight inches from each plug.
3. Furnish one (1) 5 foot patch cord for each cable installed.
4. Install patch cords per owner's instructions.
2.2 DUPLEX LC TO DUPLEX LC OM4 MULTIMODE OPTICAL FIBER PATCH CORDS
A. Manufacturer List:
1. Hubbell
B. Description:
1. Physical Specifications: Duplex (2-strand) multimode optical fiber cable patch
cords, terminated with duplex LC connectors on both ends.
a. Pretium EDGE® Solutions Jumper, 2 F, LC Uniboot to LC Uniboot,
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 16 19 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 4 OF 7
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
Interconnect Cable, Riser, 50 µm multimode (OM4)
2. Optical fiber patch cord shall be constructed with OM4 grade fiber.
3. Comply with TIA-568-C.3 and ISO/IEC 11801 industry standards.
4. Return loss equal to or better than -25dB per mated pair
5. Insertion loss shall not exceed 0.3dB per mated pair.
6. Patch cords must have an outer sheath rated for the environment that it is
installed in; riser rated when passing through floors, plenum rated when installed within an air plenum
C. Patch cord quantities for Network services:
1. Each Patch cords shall be serialized and have a unique identifying number
labeled at each end, no more than eight inches from each plug.
D. Patch cord quantities for IP Security equipment:
1. Each Patch cords shall be serialized and have a unique identifying number
labeled at each end, no more than eight inches from each plug.
2.3 SC-APC TO SC-APC OS2 SINGLE-MODE OPTICAL FIBER PATCH CORDS
A. Manufacturer List:
1. Hubbell
B. Description:
1. Physical Specifications: single-mode optical fiber cable patch cords, terminated
with SC-APC connectors on both ends.
a. Jumper, 2 F, SC-APC Duplex to SC-APC Duplex, 2.0mm Zipcord Cable, Riser, Bend-Improved Single-mode (OS2)
2. Optical fiber patch cord shall be constructed with OS2 grade fiber.
3. Comply with TIA-568-C.3 and ISO/IEC 11801 industry standards.
4. Return loss equal to or better than -25dB per mated pair
5. Insertion loss shall not exceed 0.3dB per mated pair.
6. Patch cords must have an outer sheath rated for the environment that it is
installed in; riser rated when passing through floors, plenum rated when installed within an air plenum
7. Each Patch cords shall be serialized and have a unique identifying number
labeled at each end, no more than eight inches from each plug.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 16 19 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 5 OF 7
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
2.4 SC-APC TO DUPLEX LC SINGLE-MODE OPTICAL FIBER PATCH CORDS
A. Manufacturer List:
1. Hubbell
B. Description:
1. Physical Specifications: single-mode optical fiber cable patch cords, terminated
with SC-APC and duplex LC connectors.
a. Jumper, 2 F, LC-APC Duplex to SC-APC Duplex, 2.0mm Zipcord Cable, Riser, Bend-Improved Single-mode (OS2)
2. Optical fiber patch cord shall be constructed with OS2 single-mode fiber.
3. Comply with TIA-568-C.3 and ISO/IEC 11801 industry standards.
4. Return loss equal to or better than -55dB per mated pair UPC connectors
5. Return loss equal to or better than -60dB per mated pair APC connectors
6. Insertion loss shall not exceed 0.25dB per mated pair.
7. Patch cords must have an outer sheath rated for the environment that it is installed in; riser rated when passing through floors, plenum rated when installed within an air plenum
8. Each Patch cords shall be serialized and have a unique identifying number
labeled at each end, no more than eight inches from each plug.
2.5 24 STRAND MPO/MPT CONNECTOR TO 24 STRAND MPO/MPT CONNECTOR MULTIMODE
FIBER PATCH CORDS.
A. Manufacturer List:
1. Hubbell
B. Description:
1. Physical Specifications: Twenty four strand (24 strand) multimode optical fiber
cable patch cords, terminated with two (2) twelve strand (12 strand) MPO/MTP connectors on both ends
2. Optical fiber patch cord shall be constructed with OM4 grade fiber.
a. Premium EDGE® Solutions Trunk Cable, 50 µm multimode (OM4), MTP® Connector to MTP Connector, 24 F, with 33/33 inch legs, pulling grip one side.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 16 19 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 6 OF 7
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Check actual site conditions prior to start of any work. Ensure all preceding trade work
associated with the telecommunications system is accurate and complete before proceeding with installation or use of products specified in this section. Examples of work which must be checked include, but are not limited to:
1. Examine and compare the telecommunications drawings and specifications with
the drawings and specifications of other trades. Report any discrepancies between them to the A/E and obtain written instructions for changes or revisions.
2. Adequate clearances of doors, riser spaces and ceilings for all component of the
telecommunications system.
3. Electrical requirements (conduit installation and capacity).
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install patch cords using horizontal and vertical cable management systems indicated on
drawings.
B. Install patch cords using lengths that minimize slack, where possible route patch cords so
that slack does not exist.
C. Install patch cords in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and to comply with
requirements of manufacturers extended warranty.
D. Carefully route patch cords through cable management components maintaining minimum bend radius for copper and optical fiber patch cords.
E. Install patch cords so that fill ratio within horizontal and vertical cable management
components do not exceed 60% fill by volume.
F. Connect patch cords to network switches so that removal of switch components (fan
card, etc.) may be done without disconnecting patch cords.
G. Unless directed otherwise, route patch cords from right half of patch panel to vertical
cable management right-hand side of rack, left half of patch panel to vertical cable management on left-hand side of rack.
H. Label end of each patch cord, six (6) inches from modular plug indicated location of
where patch cord connects at the other end and in accordance with Section 27 05 53
3.3 RE-INSTALLATION
A. No additional burden to the owner regarding costs, network down-time and/or end user
interruption shall result from the re-installation of specified components. Scheduling for re- installation work shall be coordinated, in writing, with the owner prior to beginning the work.
IPB FRAUNHOFER TENANT FIT-OUT SECTION 27 16 19 University of Connecticut COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS 159 Discovery Drive Storrs, Connecticut 06269 UConn Project # 901661 PAGE 7 OF 7
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS, LLC CWA Project # 1816 85 Willow Street, Bldg 54 ADDENDUM #3 New Haven, Connecticut 06511 NOVEMBER 21, 2018
3.4 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. Contractor shall provide documentation of all telecommunications system components under
this section utilized throughout the site for review and reference by the Owner and A/E team.
B. Contractor to submit all as-built drawings and any test documentation required prior to
acceptance by the Owner.
END OF SECTION
PROJECT CONSULTANTS
PROJECT SITE LOCATIONNOT TO SCALE
Architect:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
Engineers:
159 DISCOVERY DRIVESTORRS, CT. 06269
FRAUNHOFER C.E.I
FRAUNHOFER
INNOVATION PARTNERSHIP BUILDING
515 Centerpoint Drive Middletown, CT 06457
Suite 104814-269-9300
ISSUED FOR BID: 11/05/18
SHEET INDEX
NO. SHEET NAME ISS
UE
D F
OR
BID
- 1
1/05
/201
8
AD
DE
ND
UM
#1
- 11
/12/
18
AD
DE
ND
UM
#2
- 11
/15/
18
AD
DE
ND
UM
#3
- 11
/26/
18
GENERALA-COVER COVER ● ●
G-001 GENERAL INFORMATION ABBREVIATIONS & SCHEDULE LIST ●G-002 SITE LOGISTICS PLAN & CODE INFORMATION ●G-003 OVERALL PLAN ● ●G-004 OVERALL LEVEL FOUR PLAN ● ●AE-101 EXISTING FLOOR PLAN ●
ARCHITECTURALA-102 ENLARGED PLAN ●A-103 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ● ● ●A-104 FFE PLAN ● ●A-105 4TH FLOOR MECH MEZZANINE PLAN ●A-201 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ●A-202 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ●A-203 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ● ●A-301 SECTIONS ●A-401 INTERIOR VIEWS ●A-402 INTERIOR VIEWS ●A-501 PARTITION TYPES ●A-502 INTERIOR PLAN DETAILS ●A-503 GLASS PARTITION DETAILS ●A-510 SLOTTED CHANNEL GRID PLAN & DETAILS ● ●A-511 BENCHTOP FUME HOOD DETAILS ●A-512 FLOOR MOUNTED FUME HOOD ●A-513 MISCELLANEOUS LAB DETAILS ● ●A-601 DOOR SCHEDULES AND DETAILS ● ●A-603 EQUIPMENT & FINISH SCHEDULES ● ● ●
FIRE PROTECTIONFP-001 FIRE PROTECTION SPECS, NOTES AND LEGEND ●FP-101 FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING FIRE PROTECTION - NEW WORK ●
PLUMBINGP-001 PLUMBING LEGEND AND ABBREVIATION ●P-002 PLUMBING NOTES AND SCHEDULES ●P-101 FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING SANITARY - NEW WORK ●P-102 FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING DOMESTIC AND RO-DI WATER WORK ●P-103 FIRST FLOOR PLAUMBING LAB HOUSE GASES - NEW WORK ● ●P-104 FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING LAB BOTTLED GASES - NEW WORK ●P-501 PLUMBING DETAILS ● ●
MEPMEP-101 MEP FLOOR PLAN AND DETAILS ● ●
MECHANICALMH-001 HVAC SYMBOLS ●MH-002 HVAC NOTES ●MH-003 HVAC ABBREVIATIONS ●MH-101 FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL HVAC DEMO PLAN ●MH-102 FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL HVAC NEW WORK PLAN ● ●MH-103 FOURTH FLOOR ROOF MECHANICAL HVAC NEW WORK PLAN ● ●MH-201 FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PIPING NEW WORK PLAN ●MH-401 HVAC FLOW DIAGRAM ●MH-501 MECHANICAL DETAILS ●MH-502 MECHANICAL DETAILS ●MH-700 MECHANICAL ATC AND SCHEDULES ● ●
ELECTRICALE-001 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND NOTES ● ●E-002 ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS ●E-101 PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN ●E-201 PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL CEILING PLAN ● ●E-202 PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL POWER AND SIGNAL PLAN ● ●E-203 PARTIAL FOURTH FLOOR POWER PLAN NEW WORK ●E-401 PARTIAL ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS ●E-501 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES ● ●E-601 ELECTRICAL DETAILS ●E-602 ELECTRICAL DETAILS ●
TELECOMMUNICATIONST-001 TELECOMMUNICATION SYMBOLS, NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, AND DETAILS ● ●T-101 PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS PLAN ● ●
3
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/2018 ADDENDUM # 3
J
KLM
3
4
5
1
3.3
2
4' - 0
"4'
- 0"
12' - 0"
ACT-1
9' - 0"
ACT-1
9' - 0"
ACT-1
9' - 0"
UNDERSIDE OF UNISTRUT
C5.03
C5.04
C5.07
C5.08
EQ EQ
EQEQ
C6.01
C6.01
C6.01
C6.02
C5.08
C5.09
C6.02
C6.02
C6.03
C6.04
C6.04
C6.04
C5.08
C5.09
B4B4 @ WINDOWS (TYP.)
PROVIDE SPECIFIED WINDOW TREATMENTS-FULL WIDTH OF GLASS, V.I.F PROVIDE WTR01 WINDOW TREATMENTS, FULL WIDTH OF GLASS, V.IF
4' - 0
"4'
- 0"
4' - 0
"4'
- 0"
4' - 0
"4'
- 0"
4' - 0
"4'
- 0"
4' - 0
"4'
- 0"
1' - 8" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 1' - 11" +/-
4' - 0
"3'
- 10"
+/-
4' - 6" 4' - 0" 3' - 9"
SEE SHEET A510 FOR SLOTTED CHANNEL LAYOUT
C6.05
C7.03
WTR01 TYP.
3
3
C6.06
EXISTING MTL DECK / CONCRETE SLAB
SPLICE
CROSS RUNNER 2-FT O.C.
MIN 12 GA WIRE HANGER AT EACH CROSS OR MAIN HANGER
DETAIL FOR SPACES GREATER THAN 400 SF TWO DIRECTIONS EXCEED 20 FT
45° MAX
45° MAX
45° MAX
45° MAX
MAX2"
SCREW EYE FASTENERS
3
DETAIL FOR SPACES GREATER THAN 400 SF ONE DIRECTION EXCEEDS 20 FT
45° MAX
LONG DIMENSION OF ROOM
OR CORRIDOR
45° MAXMAX2"
OPTIONAL FIXED SCREW LOCATION
EXPOSED TEE GRID
7878 SEISMIC SHADOW MOLDING
BERCAX
7823 HEMMED ANGLE MOLDING
SCREW TO WALL THROUGH GWB TO MTL STUDS
TEES MUST BE MECHANICALLY ANCHORED TO WALL MOLDING
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F CO
NN
ECT
ICU
T A
RCH
ITE
CTU
RAL
& E
NG
INE
ERI
NG
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RVIC
ES
31 L
ED
OY
T RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
STO
RRS,
CO
NN
ECT
ICU
T 06
269-
3038
TE
LEPH
ON
E:
(860
) 486
-312
7 F
ACS
IMIL
E:
(860
) 486
-317
7
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
KEYNOTES
As indicated
11/26/2018 5:16:22 PMC:\Users\DDancy\Documents\1816 - Fraunhofer [email protected]
REFLECTED CEILINGPLAN
A-103
09/17/18
901661
INNOVATIONPARTNERSHIPBUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FORBID
11/05/18
1/4" = 1'-0"5A
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
0' 8' 16' 32' 48'4'
TRUE NORTH
PROJECT NORTH
Key Value Keynote Text
C5.03 SUSPENDED SLOTTED CHANNEL GRID SYSTEMC5.04 SLOTTED CHANNEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM. COORDINATE W/ MEP WORK.C5.07 CUT AND PATCH EXISTING 2 HR RATED WALL FOR DUCT & PIPE PENETRATIONS.
COORDINATE WITH MEP & FP. DRAWINGS FOR REMOVALS AND NEW PENETRATIONSC5.08 PAINT UNDERSIDE OF METAL DECK, STEEL FRAMING & DUCTWORK ( INSULATED & NON
INSULATED ), PIPING (BOTH INSULATED AND NON-INSULATED), SPRINKLER PIPING (EXCEPTHEADS & VITOLIC TYPE FITTINGS) & ELECTRICAL CONDUIT & BACK BOXES. ABOVE BUT NOTDIRECTLY ATTACHED TO THE SLOTTED CHANNEL GRID SYSTEM WITH PT-4. THE COLORWILL BE A LIGHT GRAY COLOR SPECIFIED BY THE ARCHITECT.
C5.09 PAINT GYP BD. WALLS ABOVE THE SLOTTED CHANNEL SYSTEM WITH PT-2. THIS COLOR WILLBE A LIGHT GRAY COLOR SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT AND WILL NOT BE THE SAME ASTHE WALL COLOR BELOW THE SLOTTED CHANNEL SYSTEM.
C6.01 PROVIDE A LAYER OF 4" SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS LOOSE-LAID ON THE TOP SIDE OFTHE ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING IN ALL 3 SPACES WITH THE SUSPENDED CEILING. THESOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS ARE SPECIFIED IN SECTION 09-2117, GYPSUM BOARDSYSTEMS. THEY SHALL BE 4" THICK X 24" X 48" BLANKETS. MAINTAIN REQUIREDCLEARANCES AROUND LIGHTING FIXTURES.
C6.02 ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE SUSPENDED CEILING SHALL BE CONCEALED TYPE,CENTERED IN PADS B.W'S.
C6.03 ALL ELECTRICAL, FIRE ALARM & SIMILAR DEVICES SHALL BE PROPERLY MOUNTED TO THESUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM AND SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE CENTER OF PADS, B.W'S,REGARDLESS IF SHOWN ON THIS DRAING OR NOT, AND REGARDLESS IF SHOWN CENTEREDOR NOT. THE GC SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL DEVICES WITH THE CEILINGLAYOUT AND SHALL COORDINATE ALL CONDUIT AND PIPING ABOVE ACCORDINGLY.
C6.04 THE SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED TO SUPPORT LIGHTING FIXTURESWITHOUT THE LIGHTING FIXTURES REQUIRING ADDITIONL, INDEPENDENT SUPPORT FROMABOVE. FIXTURES SHALL BE CLIPPED TO THE CEILING GRID.
C6.05 VERIFY LOCATION OF IT/TELECOMM CABLE TRAY ABOVE SUSPENDED CLGREMOVE/REINSTALL CLG TILES FOR ACCESS REPLACE AND DAMAGED TILE W/ MATCHINGNEW. CEILING TILE:COORDINATE W/ MEP DWGS.
C6.06 PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SLOTTED CHANNEL WHERE NECESSARY TO SUPPORT GRILLES ®ISTERS. NOT EVERY INTANCE IS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN. INCLUDE AND COORDINATEDBY THE CONTRACTOR
C7.03 PARTITION TO ALIGN WITH UNDERSIDE OF SLOTTED GRID SYSTEM
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/2018 ADDENDUM # 3
3" = 1'-0"6D
ACT GRID SEISMIC BRACING DETAIL
3" = 1'-0"6B
ACT GRID SEISMIC BRACING DETAIL
0' 4" 8" 1'-0"
0' 4" 8" 1'-0"
• FINAL SUSPENDED ACT CEILING LAYOUT WILL BE UPDATED BY THE ARCHITECT ISSUED AS A BULLETIN & INCLUDED IN THE CONFORMED SET OF DRAWINGS THAT WILL BE ISSUED TO THE CONTRACTOR. THE FINAL LAYOUT SHALL PERTAIN TO ALIGNMENT & SHALL NOT IMPACT COSTS.
• FINAL SLOTTED CHANNEL LAYOUT SHALL BE ADJUSTED BY THE ARCHITECT & CONTRACTOR TO REFLECT MEP / ARCHITECTURAL COORDINATION. THIS PLAN IS NOT COORDINATED
6" = 1'-0"A6
SHADOW MOLDING DETAIL
0' 4" 8" 1'-0"
3
3
GENERAL NOTE:
JJ
J
KLM
3
4
5
1
3.3
2
FRAUNHOFER PHASE I
23' - 0"
FRAUNHOFER PHASE II
23' - 0"
108.93 SF
OFFICE
1103-B
98.11 SF
OFFICE
1103-C
489.68 SF
OPEN OFFICE
1103-A
A6A-301
A6A-301
LEQ.006
LEQ.006
LEQ.004
LEQ.003LEQ.007 LEQ.008
LEQ.015
LEQ.002
LEQ.009
LEQ.011
LEQ.011
LEQ.016
LEQ.012
LEQ.013
LEQ.014
5 1/4"
6 3/4"
LEQ.017
A-104A6
A-104B5
A-104
A-104
A5
A-104
C4
A-104
B3
A-104C3
A-104C5
A3
A-104C4
A-104C4
A-104 A-104B3 B3C5
A-104C5
A-104
A3
1,908.49 SF
LAB 1104
1104
D6A-301
LEQ.020
LEQ.020LEQ.020
LEQ.020
LEQ.021
LEQ.020
0"
LEQ.001A4
MCW-25
A3
12' - 4" 10' - 7" 10' - 6" 12' - 0"
12' -
0"8'
- 9 3/
8"
20' -
0"6'
- 3 1/
4"8'
- 0"
8' - 9
7/8"
1' - 4
"3'
- 7 1/
4"1'
- 4"
A2A-513
MC
W-2
3M
CW
-23
MC
W-1
9M
CW
-19
MC
W-2
3
MC
W-1
9
MC
W-2
2
MC
W-1
7M
CW
-19
MC
W-2
3M
CW
-22
MC
W-1
7
MC
W-1
9M
CW
-19
MC
W-1
9M
CW
-19
MCW-18
MCW-20
MCW-20
MCW-20
MCW-20
MCW-18
MC
W-2
MC
W-2
9M
CW
-30
MC
W-1
EQ EQ
LEQ.023
LEQ.22
LEQ.24 LEQ.24
A3A-513
A6A-513
3' - 6" 2' - 6" 2" 4' - 0" 3' - 6"
MCW-1 MCW-11 MCW-2 MCW-1
2' - 6
"4'
- 0"7'
- 0 5/
8"
MCW-27
EQ EQ
6' - 0" 8' - 0" 6' - 0"
MCW-13 MCW-14 MCW-15 MCW-16 MCW-13 MCW-14
MCW-21.1 MCW-21.1
MCW-21.1 MCW-21.1
MCW-20
MCW-22 MCW-23MCW-23
MCW-18.1 MCW-18.1
MCW-18.1 MCW-18.1
MCW-18 MCW-20
MCW-21.1 MCW-21.1
MCW-21.1MCW-21.1
8' - 0"MCW-15 MCW-16
MCW-22
MCW-18.1
MCW-18.1 MCW-18.1
MCW-18.1
6' - 0" 8' - 0" 6' - 0"
MCW-17
MCW-14 MCW-13 MCW-16 MCW-15 MCW-14 MCW-13
MCW-18MCW-20 MCW-20
MCW-19 MCW-19
MCW-18.1
MCW-18.1
MCW-18.1
MCW-18.1
MCW-21.1
MCW-21.1
MCW-21.1
MCW-21.1
MCW-21.1 MCW-21.1
MCW-21.1MCW-21.1
MCW-16 MCW-158' - 0"
MCW-17
MCW-18
MCW-8
2' - 0"
MCW-254' - 5
5/8"
2' - 6
"
EQEQ
MCW-26
2' - 1
0"4"
MCW-27
MCW-4MCW-10
2' - 0" 6 7/8"2' - 0"3' - 0"
LEQ.22
MCW-10.5
MCW-16
3' - 0"3' - 0"MCW-12 MCW-12
MCW-3
2' - 0" 4' - 0" 2' - 0" 8' - 0"
MCW-5
4' - 8
5/8"
2' - 9
7/8"
LEQ.002MCW-31
4 1/2"
7' - 6
1/2"
7' - 1
1"
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F CO
NN
ECT
ICU
T A
RCH
ITE
CTU
RAL
& E
NG
INE
ERI
NG
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RVIC
ES
31 L
ED
OY
T RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
STO
RRS,
CO
NN
ECT
ICU
T 06
269-
3038
TE
LEPH
ON
E:
(860
) 486
-312
7 F
ACS
IMIL
E:
(860
) 486
-317
7
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
1/4" = 1'-0"
11/26/2018 4:47:46 PMC:\Users\DDancy\Documents\1816 - Fraunhofer [email protected]
FFE PLAN
A-104
09/26/18
901661
INNOVATIONPARTNERSHIPBUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FORBID
11/05/18
1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FRAUNHOFER CEI PLAN FF&ETRUE NORTH
PROJECT NORTH
0' 8' 16' 32' 48'4'
1/4" = 1'-0"A6
CASEWORK LAB 1104 EAST
1/4" = 1'-0"B5
MOBILE ISLAND 1104 WEST 1/4" = 1'-0"
B3MOBILE CASEWORK 1104 WEST
1/4" = 1'-0"C3
MOBILE CASEWORK 1104 EAST 1/4" = 1'-0"
C5MOBILE ISLAND 1104 EAST
1/4" = 1'-0"A5
CASEWORK LAB 1104 SOUTH
1/4" = 1'-0"C4
WALL MOBILE BENCH ELEV
1/4" = 1'-0"A3
STORAGE CASEWORK ELEV
MANUFACTURED LABORATORY CASEWORK
PR
OD
UC
T ID
EN
TIF
IER
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURERCONST.
TYPEMFG ID.
#
DIMENSIONS (ininches)
QT
Y.
NOTES
RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX
WID
TH
HE
IGH
T
DE
PT
H
PU
RC
HA
SE
RE
CE
IVE
SE
T IN
PLA
CE
INS
TA
LL
DIS
PO
SE
OF
PA
CK
AG
ING
MA
T.
CO
OR
DIN
AT
E
FIN
AL C
ON
NE
CT
ION
S
MCW-1 42" WIDE INSET STEEL BASE CABINET HAMILTON L.S. INSET STEEL 482S7320 42" 35 1/4" 21 5/8" 2 PROVIDE FLUSH REAR SCRIBE FILLER @ EXPOSED END-MATCH PTD MTL CABINET O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-2 48" WIDE INSET STEEL BASE CABINET HAMILTON L.S. INSET STEEL 115S8320 48" 35 1/4" 21 5/8" 1 O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-3 24" WIDE ADA HEIGHT FLAMMABLE STORAGE FUME HOOD
BASE CABINETHAMILTON L.S. INSET STEEL 99061-00 (ADA) 24" 27 3/4" 1 INCLUDE 20" FILLER PANELS ON BOTH SIDES TO EXTEND TO WALLS; INCLUDE SELF
CLOSING DOOR. O GC GC GC GC GC
MCW-4 24" WIDE INSET STEEL BASE CABINET HAMILTON L.S. INSET STEEL 339S4720 24" 32 5/16" 21 5/8" 1 O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-5 24" WIDE ADA HEIGHT ACID STORAGE HOOD BASE CABINET LABCONCO INSET STEEL 99050-00 24" 27 3/4" 1 VENTED TO REAR OF HOOD. INCL. 20" FILLER PANELS BOTH SIDES TO EXTEND TO
WALLS O GC GC GC GC GC
MCW-8 36" WIDE INSET STEEL BASE CABINET-ADA HEIGHT HAMILTON L.S. INSET STEEL 950S0210 36" 32 5/8" 27 1/8" 1 COORDINATE DRAIN & TAILPIECE CLEARANCE OF SINK, PROVIDE REAR SCRIBE FILLER@ EXPOSED END O GC GC GC GC GC
MCW-10 36" WIDE INSET STEEL BASE CABINET-ADA HEIGHT HAMILTON L.S. INSET STEEL 102S4720 24" 32 5/16" 21 5/8" 1 O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-10.5 INSET STEEL FILLER / SCRIBE HAMILTON L.S. INSET STEEL 6 13/16" 33" 6" 1 FOLLOW TOE-KICK PROFILE O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-11 30" WIDE STORAGE CABINET HAMILTON L.S. INSET STEEL 815S596M 30" 84 5/8" 16" 1 O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-12 36" WIDE STORAGE CABINET HAMILTON L.S. INSET STEEL 806S6960 36" 84 5/8" 16" 6 O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-13 WOOD MOBILE BASE CABINET HAMILTON L.S. WOOD OVERLAY 955C241B-A3-L1 18" 28 1/16" 21 7/16" 12 BLACK P-LAM TOP; FINISH BOTH SIDES & BACK; REVEAL OVERLAY O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-14 WOOD MOBILE BASE CABINET HAMILTON L.S. WOOD OVERLAY 955C216B 18" 28 1/16" 21 7/16" 12 BLACK P-LAM TOP; FINISH BOTH SIDES & BACK; REVEAL OVERLAY O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-15 WOOD MOBILE BASE CABINET HAMILTON L.S. WOOD OVERLAY 955C267B 30" 28 1/16" 21 7/16" 6 BLACK P-LAM TOP; FINISH BOTH SIDES & BACK; REVEAL OVERLAY O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-16 WOOD MOBILE BASE CABINET HAMILTON L.S. WOOD OVERLAY 955C265B 30" 28 1/16" 21 7/16" 5 BLACK P-LAM TOP; FINISH BOTH SIDES & BACK; REVEAL OVERLAY O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-17 8 FT. 4 POST DISTINCTION BENCH FRAME HAMILTON L.S. PAINTED STEEL 549H0096 30" 0" 2 ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT-31", 33", 35",37" (INCL. 1" THICK EPOXY BLACK RESIN TOP) O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-18 8 FT. 2 POST DISTINCTION SHARED REAR FRAME HAMILTON L.S. PAINTED STEEL 547H0296 83 1/4" 2 INCLUDES 2 FIXTURE STEMS IN LEFT LEG & 4 16 AMP ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS PER SIDE O GC GC GC GC GC GC
MCW-18.1 48X12 BLACK PHEONOLIC RESIN ADJUSTABLE SHELF ONPTD. STL. BRACKETS
HAMILTON L.S. PAINTED STEEL 549H0202SS 48" 12" 15 3/4" THICK BLACK PHENOLIC RESIN SHELF, INCL. ST. STL. RETAINING ROD O GC GC GC GC GC
MCW-19 6 FT.4 POST DISTINCTION BENCH FRAME HAMILTON L.S. PAINTED STEEL 549H0072 30" 0" 8 ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT-31", 33", 35",37" (INCL. 1" THICK EPOXY BLACK RESIN TOP) O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-20 6 FT. 2 POST SHARED DISTINCTION BENCH FRAME HAMILTON L.S. PAINTED STEEL 547H072 72" 83 1/4" 4 INCLUDES 2 FIXTURE STEMS IN LEFT LEG & 4 16 AMP ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS PER SIDE O GC GC GC GC GC GC
MCW-21.1 36X12 BLACK PHEONOLIC RESIN ADJUSTABLE SHELF ONPTD. STL. BRACKETS
HAMILTON L.S. PAINTED STEEL 549H5035 24 3/4" THICK BLACK PHENOLIC RESIN SHELF, INCL. ST. STL. RETAINING ROD O GC GC GC GC GC
MCW-22 8 FT. 2 POST DISTINCTION BENCH FRAME HAMILTON L.S. PAINTED STEEL 549H0196 96" 0" 30" 2 ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT-31", 33", 35",37" (INCL. 1" THICK EPOXY BLACK RESIN TOP) O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-23 6 FT. 2 POST DISTINCTION BENCH FRAME HAMILTON L.S. PAINTED STEEL 549H0172 0" 0" 4 ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT-31", 33", 35",37" (INCL. 1" THICK EPOXY BLACK RESIN TOP) O GC GC GC GC GC GCMCW-25 25"x15"x4.875" EPOXY DROP IN SINK EPOXYN EPOXY RESIN ADAL-55 25" 5" 15" 1 PROVIDE MNFTR'S STANDARD METAL SINK SUPPORTS FOR STEEL CABINETS &
MODIFIED EPOXY OUTLET WITH BASKET, STRAINER & TAILPIECE O GC GC GC GC GC GC
MCW-26 1" THICK EPOXY-RESIN COUNTERTOP WITH 4" HIGH CURB EPOXYN EPOXY RESIN 30" 1 CURB @ ALL ABUTTING WALLS.; SEE PLANS FOR DIMENSIONS O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-27 WALL MOUNTED PEG BOARD HAMILTON L.S. EPOXY RESIN 52L86400 30" 30" 2 INCLUDE STAINLESS STEEL DRAIN TROUGH, FULL WIDTH, WITH DRAIN O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-28 24"x16"x12" EPOXY UNDERMOUNT SINK EPOXYN EPOXY RESIN EP-51 24" 16" 1 PROVIDE MNFTR'S STANDARD METAL SINK SUPPORTS FOR STEEL CABINETS &
MODIFIED EPOXY OUTLET WITH BASKET, STRAINER & TAILPIECE O GC GC GC GC GC GC
MCW-29 1" THICK EPOXY-RESIN COUNTERTOP WITH 4" HIGH CURB @REAR & SIDE ABUTTING WALL/ CABINET. INCLUDES DRAINCHANNELS @ SINK.
EPOXYN EPOXY RESIN 1 CURB @ ALL ABUTTING WALLS.; SEE PLANS FOR DIMENSIONSO GC GC GC GC GC
MCW-30 1" THICK EPOXY-RESIN COUNTERTOP WITH 4" HIGH CURB EPOXYN EPOXY RESIN 1 CURB @ ALL ABUTTING WALLS.; SEE PLANS FOR DIMENSIONS O GC GC GC GC GCMCW-31 KNEESPACE PANEL WITH RAILS LABCONCO PAINTED STEEL 48" 31 1/2" 20 11/16" 1 FULL WIDTH OF KNEE SPACE, HEIGHT TO MATCH ADJACENT CABINETS O GC GC GC GC GC
1/4" = 1'-0"A4
FUME HOOD CASEWORK 1104 WEST
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/2018 ADDENDUM # 3
SGN-1 SGN-2
SGN-3
SGN-4
SGN-5
SGN-6
3
EF
3
2
21' -
4"
1MH-103
32' - 0"
8' - 0" 8' - 0" 8' - 0" 8' - 0"
NEW BEAM(S) TO SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CURB . SEE
FRAMING PLAN ON THIS SHEET.
NEW FANS TO BE CENTERED ON EXISTING STRUCTURAL STEEL
SUPPORTS. ADD CROSS BEAM TO MATCH THAT OF EXISTING FAN SUPPORTS
NEW 20 DIA. DUCT RUN BELOW METAL GRATE.
SEE MEP DWGS
A6A-105
EX W
12 x
40
EX W
12 x
40
EX W
12 x
40
EX W
12 x
40
EX W
12 x
40
EX W16 x 45
REMOVE, ALTER & REINSTALL EXISTING 2 IN. STL GRATING. REPLACE STL GRATING AS REQ'D TO FACILITATE CONNECTION OF FUME EXIT SYSTEM TO DUCTWORK BELOW. SEE DETAIL 1/MH-103
W12 x 40LEVEL 2666' - 6"
LEVEL 3688' - 6"
LEVEL 3688' - 6"
LEVEL 4703' - 6"
LEVEL 4703' - 6"
LEVEL 1644' - 6"
3 12
T.O. STEEL713' - 2"
T.O. STEEL713' - 2"
GRADE VARIES
LOCATION OF NEW FAN(S)
+/- 713' - 4" T.O. GRATING
VARI
ES
EXISTING STL FRAMING & GRATING
+/-(V.I.F.)
EF
3
2
W12X
40
W12X
40
W12X
40
W12X
40
W12X
40
W16X45
W12X40W12X40
ALIGN T.O. NEW STL BEAM W/ EXIST'G ADJUST STL BEAMS (TYP OF 4)
TYP NEW BM CONNECTION:THROUGH BOLT PAIR OF L4 x 4 x 5/16 CLIP ANGLES TO EACH END OF NEW BEAM THROUGH HORIZONTAL SLOTTED HOLES IN BEAM WEB FOR FIELD ADJUSTMENT. BOLT OTHER LEGS OF ANGLES TO WEBS OF ADJACENT BEAMS AFTER MAGNETIC DRILLING OF HOLES OR FIELD WELD ALL AROUND. TYP OF FOUR BEAMS.
EX EX EX EX EX
EX
(V.I.F.)
8' - 0" +/-
(V.I.F.)
8' - 0" +/-
EQUI
P CU
RB
COOR
D W
/
EQUIP CURB
COORD W/
EQUIP CURB
COORD W/
W12X
40
W12X
40
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F CO
NN
ECT
ICU
T A
RCH
ITE
CTU
RAL
& E
NG
INE
ERI
NG
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RVIC
ES
31 L
ED
OY
T RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
STO
RRS,
CO
NN
ECT
ICU
T 06
269-
3038
TE
LEPH
ON
E:
(860
) 486
-312
7 F
ACS
IMIL
E:
(860
) 486
-317
7
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
As indicated
11/26/2018 5:16:36 PMC:\Users\DDancy\Documents\1816 - Fraunhofer [email protected]
4TH FLOOR MECHMEZZANINE PLAN
A-105
11/19/18
901661
INNOVATIONPARTNERSHIPBUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FORBID
11/05/18
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/2018 ADDENDUM # 3
1/4" = 1'-0"B3
4TH FL MECH MEZZ PLAN
3/16" = 1'-0"A6
WALL SECTION THROUGH MECH MEZZ
0' 4' 8' 12'
0' 4' 8' 12'
1/4" = 1'-0"D3
4TH FL MECH MEZZ FRAMING PLAN
0' 4' 8' 12'
3
P2521
END CAP
P1000
CHANNEL
P3184
CLOSURE STRIP
P2855
CHANNEL HANGER
P2567
OUTLET BOX
P2539
FIXTURE HANGER
P 1000 T TO EXTEND 2 FULL FLUTES MIN
BOLT AS REQUIRED
THREADED ROD SPRING NUT & LOCK NUT PER MANUFACTURER
P 1047 CONNECTOR
P 1000 T
QUANTITY, SPACING & FINAL SIZE SHALL BE DETERMINED BY STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS REQUIRED IN SLOTTED CHANNEL SPEC SECTION 05 4300. APPROX SPACING IS ASSUMED TO BE 4'-0" O.C.
3
CHANNEL STUD NUT
P 1000 T
P 1377 CONNECTOR
P 1000 T
P 1047 CONNECTOR
P 1000 T
P 1000 T
KLM
3
4
5
3.3
A6A-510
D6A-510
C5
A-510_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SLOTTED CHANNEL SYSTEM
3' - 6" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 3' - 9"
2' - 6
1/8"
4' - 0
"4'
- 0"
4' - 0
"4'
- 0"
4' - 0
"4'
- 0"
4' - 0
"4'
- 0"
4' - 0
"4'
- 0"
TYP
4' - 0
"4'
- 0"
4' - 0
"6'
- 9 3/
4"
FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY
EXISTING WALL
P1000 T CHANNEL
P2347 CONNECTOR
P1047 CONNECTOR
P1000 T CHANNEL
NEW PENDANT LIGHT. SEE MEP DRAWINGS
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F CO
NN
ECT
ICU
T A
RCH
ITE
CTU
RAL
& E
NG
INE
ERI
NG
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RVIC
ES
31 L
ED
OY
T RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
STO
RRS,
CO
NN
ECT
ICU
T 06
269-
3038
TE
LEPH
ON
E:
(860
) 486
-312
7 F
ACS
IMIL
E:
(860
) 486
-317
7
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
As indicated
11/26/2018 4:50:31 PMC:\Users\DDancy\Documents\1816 - Fraunhofer [email protected]
SLOTTED CHANNEL GRIDPLAN & DETAILS
A-510
10/27/18
901661
INNOVATIONPARTNERSHIPBUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FORBID
11/05/18
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/2018 ADDENDUM # 3
0' 4" 8" 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0"D6
TYPICAL HANGER DETAIL
3" = 1'-0"A6
RAIL SPLICE CONNECTION
0' 4" 8" 1'-0"
3" = 1'-0"C5
TYPICAL RAIL CROSSING DETAIL
1/4" = 1'-0"A3
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LAB 1104
0' 4" 8" 1'-0"
0' 4" 8" 1'-0"
12" = 1'-0"D5
UNSTRUT LIGHTING DIAGRAM
GENERAL NOTES:
ACTUAL SIZE AND MAKE OF SLOTTED CHANNEL SYSTEM TO BE DETRMINED BY CONTRACTOR. BASIS OF DESIGN IS UNISTRUT P 1000 T.
3
3
B6RAIL WALL CONNECTION
B5U CHANNEL CONNECTION
TRUE NORTH
PROJECT NORTH
• FINAL SUSPENDED ACT CEILING LAYOUT WILL BE UPDATED BY THE ARCHITECT ISSUED AS A BULLETIN & INCLUDED IN THE CONFORMED SET OF DRAWINGS THAT WILL BE ISSUED TO THE CONTRACTOR. THE FINAL LAYOUT SHALL PERTAIN TO ALIGNMENT & SHALL NOT IMPACT COSTS.
• FINAL SLOTTED CHANNEL LAYOUT SHALL BE ADJUSTED BY THE ARCHITECT & CONTRACTOR TO REFLECT MEP / ARCHITECTURAL COORDINATION. THIS PLAN IS NOT COORDINATED
GENERAL NOTE:
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F CO
NN
ECT
ICU
T A
RCH
ITE
CTU
RAL
& E
NG
INE
ERI
NG
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RVIC
ES
31 L
ED
OY
T RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
STO
RRS,
CO
NN
ECT
ICU
T 06
269-
3038
TE
LEPH
ON
E:
(860
) 486
-312
7 F
ACS
IMIL
E:
(860
) 486
-317
7
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
11/26/2018 5:16:44 PMC:\Users\DDancy\Documents\1816 - Fraunhofer [email protected]
EQUIPMENT & FINISHSCHEDULES
A-603
10/05/18
901661
INNOVATIONPARTNERSHIPBUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FORBID
11/05/18
LABORATORY EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
IDE
NT
IFIE
R N
O.
RO
OM
NO
.
DESCRIPTION MFG. MODEL PHYSICAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS MECHANICAL PLUMBING LAB GAS BOTTLED GAS CONNECTION
PU
RC
HA
SE
RESPONSIBILTY MATRIX
REMARKSIDENTIFIER
NO.
DIMENSIONSINCHESFOOTPRINT
UN
CR
AT
ED
WE
IGH
T
ST
AT
ION
AR
Y/F
IXE
D/C
AS
TO
RS
CO
NN
EC
TIO
N T
YP
E
NEMAPLUG NO. P
HA
SE
VO
LT
S
AM
PS
HZ
NE
TW
OR
K C
ON
NE
CT
ION
VAPOREXHAUST
(LOWVELOCITY)
HIGHVELOCITY
FUMEEXHAUST P
RO
CE
SS
CH
ILL
WA
TE
R S
UP
PL
Y
PR
OC
ES
S C
HIL
L W
AT
ER
RE
TU
RN
PO
TA
BL
E D
CW
PO
TA
BL
E D
HW
SA
N W
AS
TE
DI W
AT
ER
HO
US
E C
OM
PR
ES
SE
D A
IR
HO
US
E V
AC
UU
M
HO
US
E A
RG
ON
HO
US
E N
ITR
OG
EN
PU
RIF
IED
NIT
RO
GE
N
OX
YG
EN
HE
LIU
M
HY
DR
OG
EN
CA
RB
ON
DIO
XID
E
ME
TH
AN
E
CA
RB
ON
MO
NO
XID
E
SU
LF
UR
HE
XA
FL
UO
RID
E
RE
CE
IVE
SE
T IN
PL
AC
E
INS
TA
LL
DIS
PO
SE
OF
PA
CK
AG
ING
MA
T.
CO
OR
DIN
AT
E
CA
LL
IBR
AT
ION
FIN
AL
CO
NN
EC
TIO
NS
WID
E
DE
EP
TA
LL
LEQ.020 FUME EXTRACTION ARM ALISIDENTSYSTEM
75-9065-3-7-5-PP F GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC CHEMICALLY RTESISTANT EXTRACTION ARM INWHITE; HOOD #1-7535-7-5, CLEAR
LEQ.020
LEQ.021 FUME EXTRACTION ARM ALSIDENTSYSTEM
75-9065-3-5 F GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC ALUMINUM EXTRACTION ARM AND HOOD. HOOD #1-7524; BRACKET #2-500-80. SUPPORT FROM SLOTTEDFRAMING RAIL SYSTEM WITH SLOTTED FRAMINGRIGID SUPPORTS.
LEQ.021
LEQ.001 1104 8' PROTECTOR XL LABBENCHTOP FUME HOOD
LABCONCO 111-82-0020 96" 433/4"
59" F JBOX
208 50/60 1 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" O GC GC GC GC GC GC GC ADA ACCESSIBLE; ALL CONTROLS SHALL BE MAX.4'-0" AFF. WORK SURFACE: 2'-10" AFF. EPOXY RESINWORK SURFACE WITH LEFT SIDE FRONT CUP SINK
LEQ.001
LEQ.002 1104 8' PROTECTOR XL FLOORMOUNTED FUME HOOD
LABCONCO 1128X7002 96" 433/4"
95" F JBOX
208 5 50/60 1 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" O GC GC GC GC GC GC GC LEQ.002
LEQ.003 1104 PILOT FILTRATIONSYSTEM
FRAUNHOFER C O O O O O GC O O LEQ.003
LEQ.004 1104 FILTRATION STATION FRAUNHOFER C LEQ.004
LEQ.006 1104 FILTRATION STATION FRAUNHOFER C O O O O O GC O O LEQ.006
LEQ.007 1104 FILTRATION STATION FRAUNHOFER C O O O O O GC O O LEQ.007
LEQ.008 1104 FILTRATION STATION FRAUNHOFER C O O O O O GC O O LEQ.008
LEQ.009 1104 45 GAL. CORROSIVESAFETY CABINET
EAGLE 15Y999-CRA-4510 43" 18" 65" 330 S GC GC GC GC GC GC AVAILABLE FROM GRAINGER; INCLUDES 2ADJUSTABLE SHELVES & 3 POLYETHELENE TRAYS; 2DOORS
LEQ.009
LEQ.011 1104 25 GAL. CORROSIVESTORAGE CABINET
JAMCO 36WJ05-CL24BP 23" 18" 65" 204 S GC GC GC GC GC GC AVAILABLE FROM GRAINGER; INCLUDES 3ADJUSTABLE SHELVES & 4 POLYETHELENE TRAYS; 1DOOR
LEQ.011
LEQ.012 1104 LAB GAS STORAGECABINET
F GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC LEQ.012
LEQ.013 1104 LAB GAS STORAGECABINET
F GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC LEQ.013
LEQ.014 1104 LAB GAS STORAGECABINET
F GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC LEQ.014
LEQ.015 1104 LABORATORYREFRIGERATOR
S O O O O O GC FUTURE LEQ.015
LEQ.016 1104 WIRE SHELVES C O O O O O GC LEQ.016
LEQ.017 1104 LAB GAS STORAGECABINET
F O O O O O GC LEQ.017
LEQ.22 1104 MILLI-Q-IQ 7000 TYPE-1WATER PURIFICATIONSYSTEM
MILLIPORE ZIQ7000US F GC GC GC GC GC GC GC PROVIDE WALL MOUNTING BRACKET: CAT#SYSTFIXA1 LEQ.22
LEQ.023 1104 Q-POD DISPENSER WITH2M CONNECTOR
MILLIPORE ZIQPOD020 171/4"
105/8"
311/4"
12.1 S 1 GC GC GC GC GC GC GC POWERED BY THE PRODUCTION UNIT LEQ.023
LEQ.24 1104 TOOL CHEST C O O O O O GC LEQ.24
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULEROOM
FLOOR BASE
WALLS
CEILING NOTESNO. NAME NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST
1103-B OFFICE CT-1 RWB-1 P-1 PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 ACT-1
1103-C OFFICE CT-1 RWB-1 PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 ACT-1
1103-A OPEN OFFICE CT-1 RWB-1 PT-2 PT-2 PT-2 PT-2 ACT-1
1104 LAB 1104 PC-1 RWB-1 PT-2 PT-2 PT-2 PT-2 UNISTRUT / OPEN TO ABOVE
FINISH PRODUCTS & MATERIALS
PRODUCTIDENTIFIER
SPEC.SECTION PRODUCT DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER
MANUFACTURER'SPRODUCT
IDENTIFIACTIONCOLOR/FINI
SH NOTES
ACT-1 095100 ACCOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL ARMSTRONG 3251 SILHOUETTE 1/4" XL REVEAL 9/16" SLOTTED TEE SYSTEM(ARMSTRONG)
GL-1 1/2 IN. GLAZING AT GLASS PARTITION
GL-2 GLAZING AT TRANSOM
GL-3 GLAZING AT FRAMED GLASS DOOR
PT-1 090913 PAINT ON GWB PPG INTERIOR /EXTERIOR PRIMER
INTERIORLATEX
SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 090913
PT-2 090913 PAINT AT 12'-0" AND ABOVE PPG 6-500 PUREPERFORMANCE
INTERIORLATEX
SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 090913
PT-3 090913 PAINT ON HOLLOW METAL DOORS ANDFRAMES
PPG INTERIOR /EXTERIOR PRIMER
INTERIORLATEX
SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 090913
PT-4 090913 PAINT ON EXPOSED IRON OR STEELINCLUDING METAL DECK
PPG INTERIOR /EXTERIOR PRIMER
INTERIORLATEX
SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 090913
RWB-1 RUBBER WALL BASE MANNINGTON OPTIMUM EDGE
WB-01 METAL WALL BASE MATCH EXISTING WALL BASE. VERIFY IN FIELD
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/2018 ADDENDUM # 3
3
KLM
3
4
5
3.3
2
KLM
3
4
5
3.3
3/4" N
3/4" LV 3/4" LA
3/4" LA
3/4" LV3/4" N
3/4" N 3/4" LV 3/4" LA
3/4" N
3/4" LV
3/4" LA
3/4" N3/4" LV
3/4" LA
2" EXISTING LAB
VACUUM
2" EXISTING LAB AIR3/4" EXISTING
NITROGEN
TO BLW3/4" LA
TO BLW3/4" LV
TO BLW3/4" LV
TO BLW3/4" N1
1
2
2
2
MEP-101
3/4" N
3
MH-102
2
MH-102
TO BLW3/4" N
TO BLW3/4" LV
3
3
1
12
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T A
RC
HIT
EC
TU
RA
L &
E
NG
INE
ER
ING
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RV
ICE
S
31
LE
DO
YT
RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
ST
OR
RS, C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T 0
626
9-3
038
TE
LE
PH
ON
E: (
860)
486-3
127
FA
CSI
MIL
E: (
860
) 486-
3177
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
KEYNOTES
1/4" = 1'-0"
11/21/2018 11:27:49 AMC:\Revit_User_Local\MEP-2018-3022x01-2018_DHillburn.rvt
FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING
LAB HOUSE GASES -
NEW WORK
P-103
10/17/18
212059
INNOVATION
PARTNERSHIP
BUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FOR
BID
11/05/2018
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
1PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING LAB HOUSE GASES
1- ALL GASES CONNECTIONS TO INCLUDE SWAGELOK SHUT
OFF VALVES REGULATOR PER SPECS.INSTALL SHUT OFF
VALVES AT EACH BRANCH TAKE OFF.
2-REFER TO DETAIL 2 ON MEP DRAWINGS FOR UTILITY
STATION COORDINATION.
3-REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET P-501 FOR TERMINATION
DETAILS.
4-PROVIDE PIPING MATERIAL ACCORDING TO SPECS .
5-NITROGEN, LAB VACUUM AND LAB AIR TO BE DROPPED
AND SUPPLIED TO FUME HOODS.COORDINATE LOCATION
WITH G.C. AND FUMEHOOD SUBMITTAL.
6-DROP FLEXIBLE CONNECTION FROM 12' AFF TO BENCH TOP
CONNECTIONS.
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/18 ADDENDUM #3
3
3
CPURGE
TOUCH
SCREEN
Process
Outlet
Vent
Outlet
Vac/Gen
InletSPRINKLER
EXHAUST
DIFF.
PRESSURE
SWITCH
Process
Outlet UV/IRUV/IR CAMERA
Process
Outlet
EXHAUST PORT
250 SCFM
CPURGE
TOUCH
SCREEN EXHAUST PORT
250 SCFM
CPURGE
TOUCH
SCREEN
Purge
Inlet
VGBV
VG
MLPI
PT3PGI
HPV
LPI
EFS LPV
PT2
REG
HPI
FILTER
PT1
LPI
EFS LPV
PT2
REG
HPI
FILTER
MLPI
PT3PGI
HPV PT1
LPI
EFS LPV
PT2
REG
HPI
FILTER
PGBV VGBV
PGBVVG
MLPI
PT3PGI
HPV PT1
REG
VG
VGBVPGBV
CGA 350
CH4
CGA 350
H2
CABINET
CGA 350
CO
CGA 580
N2
16
5º F
CV
VE
NT
PR
OC
FILT
ER
GA
SK
ET
FILT
ER
GA
SK
ET
FILT
ER
GA
SK
ET
PG PG
MIV
N2 PURGEINLET
PROCESSOUTLET
VENT VENT
OUTLET OUTLET
HPV PGI
PRVHPI
PG PG
1
FLOOR LEVEL
1. BRANCH PIPING SHALL BE AS NOTED
ON FLOOR PLAN.
2. PIPING APPURTENANCES SHALL BE SAME
SIZE AS BRANCH PIPING.
THREADED
CONNECTION
TO END OF LOOP LAB
EQUIPMENT VALVE ASSEMBLY
LAB GAS
VALVING TO BE WITHIN
6' OF FLOOR LEVEL
4'-6"
NOTES:
LA
B G
AS
VA
LV
E
NO SCALE
LAB GASES TYPICAL CONNECTION
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T A
RC
HIT
EC
TU
RA
L &
E
NG
INE
ER
ING
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RV
ICE
S
31
LE
DO
YT
RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
ST
OR
RS, C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T 0
626
9-3
038
TE
LE
PH
ON
E: (
860)
486-3
127
FA
CSI
MIL
E: (
860
) 486-
3177
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
As indicated
11/21/2018 11:28:07 AMC:\Revit_User_Local\MEP-2018-3022x01-2018_DHillburn.rvt
PLUMBING DETAILS
P-501
11/02/18
212059
INNOVATION
PARTNERSHIP
BUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FOR
BID
11/05/2018
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/18 ADDENDUM #3
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
2TYPICAL CABINET PIPING DIAGRAM
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
3TYPICAL PANEL PIPING DIAGRAM
3
KLM
3
4
5
3.3
2
2
MEP-101
UTILITY STATION #1
UTILITY STATION #2
UTILITY STATION #3
UTILITY STATION #4 UTILITY STATION #5
LEVEL 1644' - 6"
1/4" O
1/4" CO
1/4" H2
1/4" CH4
3/4" N
1" PCWS1" PCWR
3/4" LV
3/4" LA
1/4" SF6
1/4" He
1/4" CO2
33.3
1/2" HW1/2" CW
SEE DETAIL 1 ON P-501
FOR PIPE DETAILS AND
TERMINATION
3
NOTE:
CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE MOCK UP OF FULLY
COORDINATED UTILITY STATION WITH ALL PIPING
AND ELECTRICAL SHOWN FOR FINAL APPROVAL
3
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T A
RC
HIT
EC
TU
RA
L &
E
NG
INE
ER
ING
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RV
ICE
S
31
LE
DO
YT
RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
ST
OR
RS, C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T 0
626
9-3
038
TE
LE
PH
ON
E: (
860)
486-3
127
FA
CSI
MIL
E: (
860
) 486-
3177
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
As indicated
11/21/2018 11:39:40 AMC:\Revit_User_Local\MEP-2018-3022x01-2018_DHillburn.rvt
MEP Floor Plan and
Details
MEP-101
11/02/18
212059
INNOVATION
PARTNERSHIP
BUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FOR
BID
11/05/2018
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
1FIRST FLOOR MEP - NEW WORK PLAN
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
2UTILITY STATION DETAIL
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/18 ADDENDUM #3
3
T
T
T
T
KLM
3
4
5
1
3.3
2
OPEN OFFICE
1103-A
OFFICE
1103-B
OFFICE
1103-C
30"x
20"
SA
12"Ø
250 CFM
SD-2
SACV-01
16"x20" DN
FR MAIN
RH-02
SACV-02
12"Ø
250 CFM
SD-2
12"Ø
250 CFM
SD-2
12"Ø
250 CFM
SD-2
12"Ø
250 CFM
SD-2
10"Ø SDC
100 CFM
SD-3
10"Ø
100 CFM
EG-2
10"Ø
500 CFM
EG-2
10"Ø
500 CFM
EG-2
10"Ø
250 CFM
EG-2
10"Ø
250 CFM
EG-2
12"Ø
250 CFM
SD-2
RH-01
SACV-03
RH-03
12"ø SA
OPEN OFFICE
1103-A
20"x12" SA
22"x
17"
SA
20"x
12"
EA
30"x
20"
SA
60"x
12"
SA
40"x
20"
SA
40"x
20"
30"x
20"
EA
24"x
12"
SA
24"x14" EA
EACV-01
20"x
12"
EA
20"ø EA
20"ø
EA
16"ø EA
16"ø
EA
40"x20"
40"x
20"
SA
60"x
12"
SA
60"x13"
FCU-01
FCU-02
SACV-04
RH-04
24"x
12"
SA
24"x
12"
SA
20"x
12"
SA
EACV-02
22"x22"
830 CFM
EG-1
22"x22"
830 CFM
EG-1
EACV-05FH
EACV-04FH
EACV-03FH
EACV-02FH
EACV-01FH
CONNECT TO EX. 20"
DIA DUCT CONTROL
ZONE 3 AT COLUMN G
92'-0" AWAY
ZONE 1 EXHAUST
22"x22"
830 CFM
EG-1
22"x22"
830 CFM
EG-1
22"x22"
830 CFM
EG-1
22"x22"
830 CFM
EG-1
24"x
14"
EA
10"Ø
560 CFM
SD-1
10"Ø
560 CFM
SD-1
10"Ø
560 CFM
SD-1
10"ø SA
10"ø SA
10"ø SA
10"ø
SA
8"ø SA
10"ø
SA 10"ø RA
12"ø
RA
10"ø RA
10"ø RA
10"ø
RA
12"ø SA
12"ø SA
12"ø SA
12"ø SA
10"ø RA
10"ø SA
10"ø
SA
10"ø
SA
10"Ø
540 CFM
SD-1
10"Ø
540 CFM
SD-1
10"Ø
540 CFM
SD-1
10"Ø
540 CFM
SD-1
10"Ø
540 CFM
SD-1
10"Ø
540 CFM
SD-1
EACV-03
16"x20" DN
FR MAIN
6"ø
EA
46"x22"
2600 CFM
RG-1
42"x24"
2600 CFM
SD-4
42"x24"
2600 CFM
SD-4
46"x22"
2600 CFM
RG-1
10" DN
FR MAIN
10"ø EA BELOW
6"ø EA TO
FILTRATION UNIT
3
MH-102
TO
FU
ME
EX
TR
AC
TO
R
DUCT
MOUNTED
DU
CT
MO
UN
TE
D
24"X
12"
BLW
2
MH-102
1 2
3
3
3
3
4
5
4
24"x
12"
EA
6"ø EA TO BENCH
FUME EXTRACTOR
6"ø EA TO
FILTRATION UNIT
6"ø EA TO
FILTRATION UNIT
LAB 1104
1104
LAB 1104
1104
8"Ø
200 CFM
SD-5
3
3
3
6 6
12"ø EA BELOW
6"ø EA EA TO
FILTRATION UNIT6
3
6"ø EA TO
FILTRATION UNIT
6"ø EA TO
FILTRATION UNIT
6
6
6
3
3
3
LEVEL 1644' - 6"
3
6"ø
EA
6"ø
EA
6"ø
EA
6"ø
EA
6"ø
EA
4"ø EA
EACV-05FH
12"ø EA
10"ø EA
316 S.S. WITH TRI-CLAMP
CONNECTIONS, THIS SIDE
OF VALVE
MC TO COORDINATE FINAL
CONN. TYPE AND QTY TO
BOTTLE CABINETS PER
APPROVED VENTED CABINET
SUBMITTAL
BOTTLE PURGE
CONNECTIONS,
SEE P-501 DETAILS
2 AND 3 FOR CONT.
3
6
SEE MH-502
DETAIL 8 FOR
TYP GAS CABINET
DUCTWORK DETAILS
3
3
LEVEL 1644' - 6"
20"ø EA
12"ø EA12"ø EA
EACV-03FHEACV-02FH
BALANCING DAMPER
AT ALL CONN
333
3
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T A
RC
HIT
EC
TU
RA
L &
E
NG
INE
ER
ING
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RV
ICE
S
31
LE
DO
YT
RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
ST
OR
RS, C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T 0
626
9-3
038
TE
LE
PH
ON
E: (
860)
486-3
127
FA
CSI
MIL
E: (
860
) 486-
3177
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
KEYNOTES
1/4" = 1'-0"
11/21/2018 2:16:22 PMC:\Revit_User_Local\MEP-2018-3022x01-2018_DHillburn.rvt
FIRST FLOOR
MECHANICAL HVAC NEW
WORK PLAN
MH-102
10/09/18
212059
INNOVATION
PARTNERSHIP
BUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FOR
BID
11/05/2018
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
1FIRST FLOOR HVAC NEW WORK PLAN
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/18 ADDENDUM #3
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
2LAB EXHAUST - GAS PURGE DETAIL
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
3LAB EXHAUST - FUME HOOD DETAIL
1 SEE SHEET G-003 FOR OVERALL BUILDING FLOOR PLAN.
2 FAN COIL UNITS, AIR VALVES, AND ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE
INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE
ABOVE. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLS MAY BE
SUPPORTED FROM UNISTRUT GRID OR CEILING GRID.
3 ALL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK AND FCU DUCTWORK SHALL BE
INSULATED.
4 PROVIDE DRAIN PAN BELOW EACH FCU.
5 FUME HOOD EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL BE WELDED 316
STAINLESS STEEL THROUGH OUT EXCEPT FOR BOTTLED GAS
PURGE WHERE TRI-CLAMP FITTINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE.
6 DUCT TO BE FLEXIBLE 316 SS WITH CONTROL DAMPER AT
BRANCH AND FERNCO FITTING FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO
FILTRATION UNIT. CONTROL DAMPER TO BE NO MORE THAN 6'-0"
AFF.
3
CDEFG
3
4
1
3.3
2
CDEFG
20"ø
EA
NEW EXHAUST FANS
LOCATED ON TERRACE
LEVEL ABOVE
EX-FH-1BEX-FH-1A
20"ø EA
20"ø
EA
EX-FH-2AEX-FH-2B
EXISTING FANS
LOCATED ON TERRACE
ABOVE PER PREVIOUS
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
1
2
16"ø
EA
3
2
MH-103
3
LEVEL TERRACE713' - 4"
LEVEL 4703' - 6"
EX-FH-1BEX-FH-1A
20"ø EA
20"ø EA
COORDINATE FINAL CONN
TO FAN PER MFG GUIDELINES
CURB MOUNTED ON
EX STRUCTURAL STEEL
SEE A105 FOR STEEL MOD
3
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T A
RC
HIT
EC
TU
RA
L &
E
NG
INE
ER
ING
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RV
ICE
S
31
LE
DO
YT
RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
ST
OR
RS, C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T 0
626
9-3
038
TE
LE
PH
ON
E: (
860)
486-3
127
FA
CSI
MIL
E: (
860
) 486-
3177
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
KEYNOTES
1/8" = 1'-0"
11/21/2018 11:26:18 AMC:\Revit_User_Local\MEP-2018-3022x01-2018_DHillburn.rvt
FOURTH FLOOR ROOF
MECHANICAL HVAC NEW
WORK PLAN
MH-103
10/23/18
212059
INNOVATION
PARTNERSHIP
BUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FOR
BID
11/05/2018
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
1FOURTH FLOOR HVAC NEW WORK
1 NEW EXHAUST FAN PURCHASED AND SUPPLIED TO M.C. BY
UCONN. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE DELIVERY OF FANS AT
BUILDING LOADING DOCK, MOVE TO INSTALLATION LOCATION,
AND REMOVE ALL PACKAGING MATERIALS.
2 CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOCATION PER BASE BUILDING
DOCUMENTS.
3 NEW VFD LOCATIONS BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHOWN FOR
REFERENCE. SEE SHEET E-203 FOR DETAILS.
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/18 ADDENDUM #3
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
2EXHAUST FAN DUCT WORK CONN. DETAIL
FUME HOOD CONTROL
THE FUME HOOD CONTROLLER CALCULATES THE TOTAL FUME HOOD OPEN AREA BASED ON THE
FUME HOOD'S FIXED OPENINGS, BYPASS OPENING, LEAKAGE AREA, AND SASH POSITION AS
INDICATED BY THE SASH SENSOR(S). THE FUME HOOD CONTROLLER ALSO CONTINUOUSLY
CALCULATES THE FUME HOOD EXHAUST CFM REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE AVERAGE FACE
VELOCITY SET POINT BASED ON THE TOTAL OPEN AREA OF THE FUME HOOD AND THE AVERAGE
FACE VELOCITY (ADJUSTABLE) SET POINT. THE FUME HOOD CONTROLLER MODULATES THE FUME
HOOD EXHAUST TO CONTROL AND MAINTAIN THE REQUIRED FUME HOOD AVERAGE FACE
VELOCITY.
EACH FUME HOOD CONTROLLER MAINTAINS THE FUME HOOD EXHAUST CFM AT THE DESIRED
MINIMUM SET POINT VALUE (ADJUSTABLE) WHEN THE TOTAL FUME HOOD OPEN AREA RESULTS IN
LESS THAN THE DESIRED MINIMUM FUME HOOD EXHAUST CFM. THIS MINIMUM FUME HOOD
EXHAUST SET POINT IS SET TO THE VALUE RECOMMENDED BY THE FUME HOOD MANUFACTURER
TO MAINTAIN ADEQUATE FUME CONTAINMENT AND DILUTION. AN AUDIBLE FUME HOOD ALARM
SHALL SOUND IF EXHAUST AIRFLOW FALLS BELOW SETPOINT. A FUME HOOD ZONE PRESENCE
SENSOR SHALL ALLOW THE FUME HOOD TO OPERATE AT A REDUCED AIRFLOW IF OCCUPANTS
ARE NOT PRESENT.
ROOM VENTILATION CONTROL
THE LAB ROOM CONTROLLER (LRC) RECEIVES THE FUME HOODS EXHAUST CFM SET POINT VALUE
FROM THE FUME HOOD CONTROLLERS AND MEASURES THE ACTUAL ROOM GENERAL EXHAUST
CFM. THE LRC CALCULATES TOTAL ROOM EXHAUST CFM BY ADDING THE ROOM GENERAL
EXHAUST CFM AND THE FUME HOOD EXHAUST SET POINTS TOGETHER. THE LRC MODULATES THE
ROOM GENERAL EXHAUST TO ENSURE THAT A MINIMUM TOTAL ROOM EXHAUST NECESSARY TO
MEET THE REQUIRED ROOM VENTILATION RATE IS CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAINED.
A ROOM OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL BE PROVIDED IN EACH ROOM BY THE ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR. WHEN THE SYSTEM SENSES THAT THE SPACE IS UNOCCUPIED AND AFTER AN
ADJUSTABLE TIME DELAY THE SYSTEM SHALL REDUCE THE CURRENT REQUIRED AIRFLOW TO THE
UNOCCUPIED (ADJ.) MINIMUM VALUE. UPON DETECTION OF PERSONNEL RETURNING TO THE
SPACE THE SYSTEM SHALL IMMEDIATELY RESTORE THE AIR CHANGE RATE SET-POINT TO THE
OCCUPIED SET-POINT (ADJ.)
ROOM PRESSURIZATION CONTROL
THE LRC USES AIRFLOW SENSORS IN THE ROOM SUPPLY AIR TO CONTINUOUSLY MEASURE THE
ACTUAL ROOM SUPPLY AIR CFM. THE LRC CALCULATES THE REQUIRED ROOM SUPPLY AIR CFM
NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE PREDETERMINED FLOW TRACKING DIFFERENTIAL BY SUBTRACTING
THE FLOW TRACKING DIFFERENTIAL CFM SET POINT (ADJUSTABLE) FROM THE TOTAL ROOM
EXHAUST CFM. THE LRC MODULATES THE ROOM SUPPLY AIR CFM TO ENSURE THAT THE FLOW
TRACKING DIFFERENTIAL CFM IS ALWAYS MAINTAINED.
ROOM TEMPERATURE CONTROL
THE LRC MEASURES THE TEMPERATURE IN THE ROOM BY MEANS OF THE ROOM TEMPERATURE
SENSOR AND MAINTAINS THE ROOM TEMPERATURE AT THE SET POINT BY MODULATING THE
SUPPLY DAMPER AND REHEAT COIL.
ROOM SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE IS CONTROLLED TO THE ROOM SET POINT. THE LRC
TEMPERATURE CONTROL LOOP CALCULATES A SUPPLY AIRFLOW REQUIRED FOR COOLING
TEMPERATURE CONTROL VOLUME. IF THE ROOM SUPPLY AIR IS AT ITS MINIMUM LIMIT AND THE
ROOM REQUIRES INCREASED COOLING BEYOND THE AMOUNT OF ROOM SUPPLY AIR CFM
NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE REQUIRED FLOW TRACKING DIFFERENTIAL, THE LRC INCREASES
THE ROOM SUPPLY AIR CFM AS WELL AS THE ROOM GENERAL EXHAUST CFM TO MAINTAIN THE
ROOM TEMPERATURE SET POINT AND THE FLOW TRACKING DIFFERENTIAL.
ROOM HUMIDITY CONTROL
THE LRC MEASURES THE RELATIVE HUMIDITY IN THE ROOM BY MEANS OF THE ROOM HUMIDITY
SENSOR AND MAINTAINS THE ROOM RELATIVE HUMIDITY AT THE SET POINT BY MODULATING THE
DUCT-MOUNTED LOW TEMP CHILLED WATER COIL VALVE. AS HUMIDITY RISES ABOVE SPACE SET
POINT THE VALVE SHALL MODULATE OPEN.
HIGH CONDENSATE LEVEL ALARM - THE LOW TEMP CHILLED WATER VALVE SHALL CLOSE AND
GENERATE AN ALARM UPON RECEIVING A HIGH CONDENSATE LEVEL STATUS FROM A WATER
LEVEL DETECTION DEVICE INSTALLED IN THE DRAIN PAN.
CONTROL PRIORITY
A PRIORITY STRUCTURE APPLIES TO THE ABOVE CONTROL APPLICATIONS TO ENSURE THAT
SAFETY IS MAINTAINED AS THE HIGHEST CONTROL PRIORITY WHEN HVAC SYSTEMS OR
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS CANNOT MEET ALL DEMANDS PLACED UPON THE SYSTEM.
1. FUME HOOD CONTROL IS THE HIGHEST CONTROL PRIORITY.
2. ROOM PRESSURIZATION IS SECOND HIGHEST PRIORITY.
3. ROOM RELATIVE HUMIDITY IS THIRD LEVEL OF PRIORITY
4. ROOM VENTILATION IS THE FOURTH LEVEL OF PRIORITY.
5. ROOM TEMPERATURE CONTROL IS THE FIFTH LEVEL OF PRIORITY.
LAB CONTROL SEQUENCES OF OPERATION
LAB CONTROL SCHEMATICS
FHM
FUME HOOD
EXHAUST AIR
HAV
D.P. Switch
24VAC
AI – FLOW ALARM
FUME HOOD CONTROL SCHEMATIC
EAV
D.P. Switch
EXHAUST AIR
AI - 200 CFM / VOLT FLOW FEEDBACK
AO - 200 CFM / VOLT COMMAND
24VAC
AI – FLOW ALARM
AI - CFM / VOLT FLOW FEEDBACK
AO - CFM / VOLT COMMAND
AI - SASH POSITION
VARIABLE VOLUME EAV CONTROL SCHEMATIC
SAV
D.P. Switch
AI - 200 CFM / VOLT FLOW FEEDBACK
AO - 200 CFM / VOLT COMMAND
24VAC
AI – FLOW ALARM
AI – INLET AIR TEMPERATURE
AUTOMATED LOGIC
WARMER
COOLER
OCCUPIED
MANUAL
ON
D.P. PRESSURE
TRANSMITTERAI – SPACE TEMPERATURE
AI – SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT
ROOM THERMOSTAT
AI – SPACE STATIC PRESSURE
LAB SPACEOTHER SIDE OF
ENTRY DOOR
SUPPLY AIR FROM AIR
HANDLING UNIT
AUTOMATED LOGIC
WARMER
COOLER
OCCUPIED
MANUAL
ON
AI – SPACE RELATIVE HUMIDITY
AI – SPACE RELATIVE HUMIDITY SETPOINT
ROOM HUMIDISTAT
SUPPLY AIR
TO LAB
HW
HWS
A ABHWR
F.I.P.
1 2 3
AO – REHEAT COIL CONTROL VALVE
AI – HWC DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE
SYMBOL SERVESMAX
MIN
CFM
BASIS OF DESIGNUNOCCUPIEDMIN
OCCUPIEDVALVESIZE(IN)
APPLICATION TYPEPRESS DROP
RANGE(IN WC)
EACV-01 PHOENIX
EACV-02 3200 960 PHOENIX2880
2600 5801680
EACV-03
EACV-01FH
DUAL 12"
DUAL 14"
DUAL 12" 2600 720 PHOENIX2160
850 200 PHOENIX200
1300 1200 PHOENIX1200
1300 1200 PHOENIX1200
850 400 PHOENIX400
850 200 PHOENIX200
EACV-02FH
EACV-03FH
EACV-04FH
EACV-05FH
OFFICE
LAB
LAB
FUME HOOD
GAS CABINETS
FILTRATION UNITS
FUME HOOD
10"
12"
12"
10"
10"
ROOMNUMBER
ROOMAREAS.F.
ROOMHEIGHT
TOTALAIR
CHANGERATE/HR
ROOMVOLUMECU. FT.
EXHAUSTCFM
RETURNCFM
SUPPLYCFMROOM NAME
DESIGNRH%
DESIGNTEMP
°F
OUTDOORAIR
CHANGERATE/HR
TABLEAIR
MOVEMENTRELATIONSHIP
OFFICE
OFFICE
OPEN OFFICE
LAB
1103-A
1103-B
1103-C
1104
109
98
490
1442
9'-0"
9'-0"
9'-0"
12'-0"
12981 200 30 68N/A 17512 POSITIVE
12882 180 30 68N/A 15512 POSITIVE
124410 900 30 68N/A 85012 POSITIVE
1217304 3460 30 68N/A 366012 NEGATIVE
FILTRATION UNITS
LOCATION SERVICEASSOCIATEDEQUIPMENT
CFMBHP
CLASSWHEELDIAMETERUNIT NUMBER MIN.
MHPRPM
ΔS.P.(IN. W.C.)
FANRPM
EX-FH-1A
EX-FH-1B
ID
ID
LAB EA & HOODS
LAB EA & HOODS
3200 15 7.5 1725II 4.34.0 2759
3200 15 7.5 1725II 4.34.0 2759
(IN.)
MOTOR DATA
VOLTS PHASE
LEVEL 3 ROOF - NORTH
LEVEL 3 ROOF - NORTH
480
480
3
3
FANTYPE
SIMLAR TO VFD
HIGH PLUME GREENHECK VEKTOR-MD YES
YESHIGH PLUME GREENHECK VEKTOR-MD
UNIT NO. LOCATION SPEEDSETTING
CFM RPM
FCU-01
FCU-02
M
M
LAB
LAB
FAN
NOTES:
1. ALL UNITS SIMILAR TO PRICE FCHG
EX S.P.(IN WC)
MOTOR DATA
3_4
x 2
3_4
x 2 115-
HP RPM VOLTS PHASE
1
CHILLED WATER COIL
SENSMBH
EWT°F
LWT°F
GPM ΔPFT.
TOTALMBH
EMER.POWER
55 65
55 65
14.96
14.96
55.569.2
55.569.2115 1
5.1
5.1-
2. HORIZONTAL CONCEALED
3. PROVIDE CONDENSATE PUMP SIMILAR TO LITTLE GIANT.
EXHAUST 0.6" - 3.0"CLASS A
EXHAUST 0.6" - 3.0"CLASS A
EXHAUST AIR VALVE SCHEDULE
EXHAUST 0.6" - 3.0"CLASS A
0.6" - 3.0"CLASS B
0.6" - 3.0"CLASS B
0.6" - 3.0"CLASS B
0.6" - 3.0"CLASS B
0.6" - 3.0"CLASS B
EXHAUST
EXHAUST
EXHAUST
EXHAUST
EXHAUST
ROOM VENTILATION SCHEDULE
LAB EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE
2600 1285
2600 1285
FAN COIL UNIT SCHEDULE
0.2
0.2"
SYMBOL SERVESMAX
MIN
CFM AUXILIARY HEATING COIL
CFM°F °F °F °F
LWTEAT EWTLAT BASIS OF DESIGNUNOCCUPIEDMIN
OCCUPIED
SIZECOIL TOTAL
MBHGPM
WPDFT
APDIN
ROWS
VALVESIZE(IN)
APPLICATION TYPEPRESS DROP
RANGE(IN WC)
SACV-01 1740 580OFFICE 55.0 75 180 PHOENIX1160 1501740 20x15 0.21 1.3 2.5 37.5 2DUAL 12"
SACV-02 1680 560LAB 55.0 75 180 PHOENIX1120 1501680 2.4 36.3 2DUAL 12"
SACV-03 1545 515LAB 55.0 75 180 PHOENIX1030 1501545 2.3 33.3 2DUAL 12"
SACV-04 1545 515LAB 55.0 75 180 PHOENIX1030 1501545 2.3 33.3 2DUAL 12"
20x15
20x15
20x15
1.3
1.3
1.3
0.21
0.21
0.21
NOTES:
1. AUXILIARY HEATING COIL SHALL BE REMOTE MOUNTED AND TAGGED AS RH-XX TO CORRESPOND WITH ASSOCIATED AIR VALVE - SEE DRAWING FOR FINAL LOCATION.
SUPPLY 0.6" - 3.0"CLASS A
SUPPLY AIR VALVE SCHEDULE
SUPPLY CLASS A
SUPPLY CLASS A
SUPPLY CLASS A
0.6" - 3.0"
0.6" - 3.0"
0.6" - 3.0"
(IN WG)
APD
CFM
MIN MAXTYPESYMBOL
PANEL/FRAMESIZE
(IN) x (IN)
BASIS OF DESIGNNECKSIZE
(IN)
NC THROWPATTERN
THROWNOTES
MAXMOUNTING DAMPER
OBD = OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER
FINISH
SD-1 RECT 10"CEILING800 PRICE FRFD30400 4-5-62-WAY RADIAL48"x24" WHITEOBD -
SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER SCHEDULE
CFM
MIN MAXTYPESYMBOL
PANEL/FRAME
SIZE
(IN) x (IN)
BASIS OF DESIGN
NECK
SIZE
(IN) x (IN)
NC DAMPER FINISH NOTES
(IN WG)
APD
MAX
MOUNTING
EXHAUST REGISTEREG-1 830 TITUS 350RL0.018 22x22280 22x22 10 OBD WHITE -DUCT
OBD = OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER
RETURN/EXHAUST AIR REGISTER SCHEDULE
RETURN REGISTERRG-1 2600 TITUS 350RL0.032 46x22520 46x22 10 OBD WHITE -DUCT
SD-2 RECT 12"DUCT500 TITUS PAS17250 0.203 8-11-15POSITION 124"x24" WHITEOBD EQUALIZER GRID
0.156
EXHAUST REGISTEREG-2 500 TITUS PAR0.376 24x24100 10 30 OBD WHITE -DUCT
SD-3 RECT 10"DUCT250 TITUS PAS22100 0.093 4-8-12POSITION 124"x24" WHITEOBD EQUALIZER GRID
SD-4 RECT 42x24""DUCT1880 TITUS 300221260 0.065 7-11-20POSITION 144"x26" WHITEOBD EQUALIZER GRID
SD-5 RECT 8"CEILING400 PRICE FRFD22200 0.064 2-4-6HALF-RADIAL24"x24" WHITEOBD -
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4. UNIT TO INCLUDE PREMIUM HIGH EFFICIENCY ECM MOTOR
3
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T A
RC
HIT
EC
TU
RA
L &
E
NG
INE
ER
ING
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RV
ICE
S
31
LE
DO
YT
RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
ST
OR
RS, C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T 0
626
9-3
038
TE
LE
PH
ON
E: (
860)
486-3
127
FA
CSI
MIL
E: (
860
) 486-
3177
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
1/8" = 1'-0"
11/21/2018 1:15:18 PMC:\Revit_User_Local\MEP-2018-3022x01-2018_DHillburn.rvt
MECHANICAL ATC AND
SCHEDULES
MH-700
10/25/18
212059
INNOVATION
PARTNERSHIP
BUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FOR
BID
11/05/2018
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/18 ADDENDUM #3
ELECTRICAL LEGEND (Misc.)
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
CROSS HATCHING INDICATES EQUIPMENT AND/ORWIRING TO BE RENDERED DEAD AND REMOVED BY EC.
SWITCH LEG
PHASE
INDICATES NOTES ELSEWHERE
MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLY (RATING AS NOTED)
ELECTRICAL PANEL BOARD - RECESSED
ELECTRICAL PANEL BOARD - SURFACE MOUNTED
BRANCH CIRCUIT
SWITCHED CIRCUIT
HOMERUN TO PANEL BOARD - 3 #12-3/4"C UNO
1
LIGHTING LEGEND
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
TYPICAL LED PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURE
TYPICAL LED RECESSED FIXTURE
TYPICAL LED SURFACE MOUNTED FIXTURE
DOUBLE FACE EXIT SIGN
SINGLE FACE EXIT SIGN
DUAL HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT
DOUBLE SPOT LIGHT
RECESSED MOUNTED DOWN LIGHT TYPE FIXTURE
TYPICAL LED SUSPENDED FIXTURE
POWER LEGEND
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
COMBINATION DISCONNECT SWITCH AND STARTER
BACK BOX
FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH
EMERGENCY POWER OFF
FINAL CONNECTION BY EC TO EQUIPMENT
FINAL CONNECTION BY EC TO MOTOR
FINAL CONNECTION BY EC TO FAN COIL UNIT
FINAL CONNECTION BY EC TO MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER
JUNCTION BOX
MUSHROOM STYLE HEAD PUSHBUTTON -EMERGENCY FUNCTION AS NOTED
BB
CB
EPO
J
M MOD
M FCU
M
JUNCTION BOX FOR AV SCREENJ AV
JUNCTION BOXES ON INGRESS SIDE OF DOOR FOR DOOR ACCESS EQUIPMENT. REFER TO SHEET E-602, DETAILS 2 AND 3.
J DHW
FINAL CONNECTION BY EC TO LAB BENCHLB
FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH TO SPECIAL PURPOSE TWISTLOCK RECEPTACLE
T
FINAL CONNECTION BY EC TO POWER SUPPLYPS
FINAL CONNECTION BY EC TO SUPPLY AIR VALVE - 120V-1Ø
SAV
FINAL CONNECTION BY EC TO EXHAUST AIR VALVE - 120V-1Ø
EAV
RECEPTACLES LEGEND
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - ABOVE COUNTER
DUPLEX GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE ABOVE COUNTER
DUPLEX GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER TYPE RECEPTACLE
DUPLEX ISOLATED GROUND TYPE RECEPTACLE
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - MOUNTED FLUSH IN LABORATORY EQUIPMENT
TWISTLOCK DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
TELEVISION POWER OUTLET - 12" BELOW CEILING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE
DUPLEX WEATHERPROOF RECEPTACLE
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE CONNECTED TO EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM
SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE
2
AB
ABGFI
GFI
IG
L
T
TV
WP
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR REFRIGERATOR CONNECTION
REF
DUPLEX HORIZONTALLY MOUNTEDH
TWISTLOCK SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLET
SWITCH LEGEND
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
SINGLE POLE SWITCH
DOUBLE POLE SWITCH
SINGLE PHASE MANUAL MOTOR SWITCH WITH OVERLOADS
OCCUPANCY SENSOR
SINGLE BUTTON, ON/OFF, DIGITAL LOW VOLTAGESWITCH
SINGLE BUTTON, ON/OFF, DIGITAL DIMMING LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH
LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH
2
LV
M
OS
L1
DL1
SINGLE POLE SWITCH FOR LAB BENCHES. COORDINATE FINAL MOUNTING WITH CABINETRY.
LB
FIRE ALARM LEGEND
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL
INDIVIDUAL ADDRESSABLE MODULE
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM EXTENDER PANEL
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MANUAL PULL STATION
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTOR -PHOTO-ELECTRIC
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM STROBE
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AUDIO/VISUAL TYPE HORN W/ ADA STROBE
ANN
IAM
FACP
FAEP
F
F
F S
F
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER/STROBE
SFA
RELAY IAMIOM
VOLTAGE DROP NOTE:
THE FOLLOWING LIST APPLIES TO ALL NEW BRANCH WIRING PROVIDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. LISTS INDICATED THE NECESSARY GAUGE OF CONDUCTORS NECESSARY FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS ONE WAY FROM PANEL TO LAST OUTLET OR LIGHTING FIXTURE ON THE CIRCUIT.
120/208V CIRCUITS WIRE SIZE 277V CIRCUITS
• 0 - 100 FEET No. 12 AWG 0 - 150 FEET• 101 - 250 FEET No. 10 AWG 151 - 350 FEET• 250 - 400 FEET No. 8 AWG 351 - 500 FEET
ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES :
1. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE ANDALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES.
2. ALL WIRE, CONDUIT, CONNECTORS, OUTLETS BOXES, ETC. NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE A COMPLETE ELECTRICALINSTALLATION WHERE AN ELECTRICAL DEVICE IS REQUIRED BY CODE BUT NOT SHOWN SHALL BE FURNISHED ANDINSTALLED AS THOUGH FULLY SHOWN AND SPECIFIED.
3. ALL CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES, ETC. ABOVE CEILINGS SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING DECK, LIGHTINGFIXTURES WHICH ARE INSTALLED IN SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM MUST BE MECHANICALLY FASTENED TO T-BARSYSTEM AS PER SPECIFICATIONS.
4. NEW OPENINGS, CHASES IN WALLS, FLOORS AND PARTITIONS FOR CONDUIT, HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND OTHEREQUIPMENT IN THE EXISTING BUILDING SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION.
5. NO CUTTING OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE DONE WHICH MAY IN ANYWAY AFFECT THE BUILDINGSTRUCTURALLY OR ARCHITECTURALLY WITHOUT FIRST SECURING THE ARCHITECT'S CONSENT AND APPROVAL.
6. NO CONDUITS SHALL BE RUN THROUGH OR SUPPORTED FROM DUCTWORK.
7. ALL AREAS WHICH ARE DAMAGED BECAUSE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE REPAIREDAND/OR REFINISHED. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTING, PATCHING, PAINTING ANDREMOVING/REPLACING CEILING TILES DAMAGED OR SOILED AS IS NECESSARY.
8. AFTER CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED, LABEL REUSED AND EXISTING UNUSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN ALLELECTRICAL PANELS INVOLVED. SPARES SHALL BE MARKED SPARES.
9. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK, WIRING, CONNECTIONS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE AREA OF WORK SHALL BEAS PER APPLICABLE ARTICLES OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. COORDINATE WITH SPECIFICATIONS FORDEVICE REQUIREMENTS.
10. THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION MUST BE GROUNDED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. ALLDEVICES, EQUIPMENT BOXES, ETC. MUST BE CONNECTED TO A SOLID, INSULATED GREEN, COPPER GROUNDINGCONDUCTOR. THIS GROUNDING CONDUCTOR MUST BE CONTINUOUS WITHOUT SPLICES FROM POINT OF ORIGIN INPANELBOARD TO ALL BOXES AND EQUIPMENT ON EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT. VERIFY GROUNDING VALUES AND SUBMITA TYPEWRITTEN REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT INDICATING TESTING RESULTS OF EACH CIRCUIT AT THE COMPLETIONOF THE PROJECT.
11. FOR SINGLE PHASE CIRCUITS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, NEW WIRING INDICATED SHALL BE (2) #12 & (1) #12GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. FOR THREE PHASE CIRCUITS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, NEW WIRING INDICATEDSHALL BE (3) #12 & (1) #12 GROUND IN 3/4"CONDUIT. FOR CIRCUITS THAT REQUIRE LONG TRAVEL DISTANCES, REFERTO VOLTAGE DROP NOTE BELOW.
12. ALL NEW CONDUITS INSTALLED UNDER THIS PROJECT MUST BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AND INSTALLEDAROUND EXISTING BEAMS.
13. FIRESTOP ALL CONCEALED AND ACCESSIBLE CONDUITS WITHIN THE CONTRACT WORK AREA. FIRESTOP ALLCONDUITS AS PART OF THE NEW CONSTRUCTION.
14. PROVIDE AND INSTALL APPROVED FIRE STOPPING AT ALL FLOOR SLAB/CEILING AND WALL PENETRATIONS TOMAINTAIN THE FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION.
15. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TEMPORARY EGRESSAND EXIT SIGN LIGHTING THAT WILL BE REQUIRED THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. COORDINATEPHASES AND TEMPORARY CONDITIONS WITH THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
16. UNO NOTED OTHERWISE, FOR ALL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, ALLDISCONNECTS/STARTERS/VFD SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE MC AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.
LIGHTING CONTROLS LEGEND
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOROS
TOXIC GAS MONITORING LEGEND
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
GAS DETECTION CONTROL PANEL
POWER SUPPLY
LOW OXYGEN REMOTE MONITOR
LOW OXYGEN SENSOR-WALL MOUNTED
TOXIC GAS MONITORING PULL STATION
HYDROGEN SENSOR
CORROSIVE EXHAUST SENSOR
TOXIC GAS MONITORING HORN/STROBE
TGM
PS
LO-RM
LO-S
F
H
C
CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR
TGM
C
F
TGM3
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T A
RC
HIT
EC
TU
RA
L &
E
NG
INE
ER
ING
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RV
ICE
S
31
LE
DO
YT
RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
ST
OR
RS, C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T 0
626
9-3
038
TE
LE
PH
ON
E: (
860)
486-3
127
FA
CSI
MIL
E: (
860
) 486-
3177
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
1/8" = 1'-0"
11/21/2018 11:23:32 AMC:\Revit_User_Local\MEP-2018-3022x01-2018_DHillburn.rvt
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS
AND NOTES
E-001
11/05/18
212059
INNOVATION
PARTNERSHIP
BUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FOR
BID
11/05/2018
NO SCALE
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/18 ADDENDUM #3
MM
OS
OS
OS
OS
OS
OS
J
KLM
3
4
5
3.3
2
TP2L3.4
TP4L3.3S101
S102
S103
OFFICE
1103-B
OFFICE
1103-COPEN OFFICE
1103-A
S101
S104
S101
S102 S102
S102S102
S103 S103
S103S103
S101 S101
S101 S101
S101
S101 S101 S101
S101 S101
S101 S101
S101
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104 S104
S104
S104
TP4L3.3-4 UNO
TP4L3.3-2 UNO
TP4L3.3-2 UNO
TP4L3.3-4 UNO
TP4L3.3-6
TP
4L3.3
-6
TP
4L3.3
-6
TP
4L3.3
-6
TP
4L3.3
-6
TP
4L3.3
-6T
P4L3.3
-6
TP
4L3.3
-6
TP
4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7T
P4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7T
P4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7T
P4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7
SF1UNO
12
34
56
7
8
7
8
5
6
566
9
10
10
10
9
910 910
9
10
9
9
9
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
13
13 13 13 13 13
13
13
TP2L3.4-1,3,5TP4L3.3-1,3,5
14 14
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
S104
TP
4L3.3
-7 TP4L3.3-7
TP
4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-7
TP
4L3.3
-6
TP
4L3.3
-6
TP
4L3.3
-6
S104
15
T
T
T
T
TT
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
TT
T
T
T T
T T
T
T T
T
T T T T
LB
9
LB
LB
LB
16
16
16
16
LB
LB
LB
LB
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
15
15
15
15
15
DRC
EM
EM
15
15 RF1 RF1
RF1 RF1
RF
1
RF
1
RF
1
RF
1R
F1
RF
1
RF1 RF1
RF1RF1
RF1
RF1
RF1 RF1 RF1
RF1 RF1 RF1 RF1 RF1
SF1SF1
SF1
SF1
SF1SF1
SF1
SF1
SF1
SF1
SF1
SF1
SF1
SF1
SF1
SF1 SF1 SF1 SF1 SF1 SF1
SF1 SF1
SF1 SF1
SF1 SF1
SF1
SF1
SF1 SF1
SF1SF1
SF1 SF1
SF1
SF1
SF1
EX1 EX1
15 15
3 3
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T A
RC
HIT
EC
TU
RA
L &
E
NG
INE
ER
ING
B
UIL
DIN
G S
ER
VIC
ES
31
LE
DO
YT
RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
ST
OR
RS, C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T 0
626
9-3
038
T
EL
EP
HO
NE
: (
860)
486-3
127
F
AC
SIM
ILE
: (
860
) 486-
3177
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
KEYNOTES
1/4" = 1'-0"
11/21/2018 11:24:03 AMC:\Revit_User_Local\MEP-2018-3022x01-2018_DHillburn.rvt
PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR
ELECTRICAL CEILING
PLAN
E-201
11/05/18
212059
INNOVATION
PARTNERSHIP
BUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FOR
BID
11/05/2018
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/18 ADDENDUM #3
1 TAP BOX FOR 208V BUSWAY, CONNECT TO PANEL USING (4) #4/0AND (1) #4 GRD. IN 2 1/2" C.
2 TAP BOX FOR 480V BUSWAY, CONNECT TO PANEL USING (4) #2/0AND (1) #6 GRD. IN 2" C.
3 208V BUSWAY, MOUNT BUSWAY 12' AFF, COORDINATE FINALLOCATION WITH ARCHITECT.
4 480V BUSWAY, MOUNT BUSWAY 12' AFF, COORDINATE FINALLOCATION WITH ARCHITECT.
5 600V-3P-3F-NEMA1 DISCONNECT SWITCH, PROVIDE 60A FUSES,WITH SOOW CORD HARDWIRED TO FILTRATION ENCLOSURE.
6 EC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 20' WHIP FROM 600V-3P-3F-NEMA1DISCONNECT SWITCH, PROVIDE 30A FUSES, TO EC FURNISHEDNEMA L22-30 TWIST LOCK.
7 EC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 20' WHIP FROM 600V-3P-3F-NEMA1DISCONNECT SWITCH TO HEATER CONNECTION, PROVIDE 60AFUSES. COORDINATE BUSWAY CONNECTION (480V OR 208V) WITHRATED VOLTAGE OF HEATER.
8 EC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 20' WHIP FROM 600V-3P-3F-NEMA1DISCONNECT SWITCH TO CHILLER CONNECTION. PROVIDE 60AFUSES. COORDINATE BUSWAY CONNECTION (480V OR 208V) WITHRATED VOLTAGE OF CHILLER.
9 EC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 20' WHIP FROM 240V-3P-3F-NEMA1DISCONNECT SWITCH, PROVIDE 30A FUSES, TO EC FURNISHEDNEMA L21-30 TWIST LOCK.
10 600V-3P-3F-NEMA1 DISCONNECT SWITCH, PROVIDE 60A FUSES,WITH SJOOW CORD HARDWIRED TO FILTRATION ENCLOSURE.
11 EC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 20' WHIP FROM SPARE600V-3P-3F-NEMA1 DISCONNECT SWITCH, PROVIDE 30A FUSES, TOEC FURNISHED NEMA L22-30 TWIST LOCK.
12 EC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 20' WHIP FROM SPARE,240V-3P-3F-NEMA1 DISCONNECT SWITCH, PROVIDE 30A FUSES, TOEC FURNISHED NEMA L21-30 TWIST LOCK.
13 240V-2P-2F-NEMA1 DISCONNECT SWITCH, PROVIDE 30A FUSES, TONEMA L6-20R RECEPTACLE FOR HEATER/CHILLER CONNECTION.
14 10'-0" CABLE TRAY EXTENDED FROM 208V BUSWAY FOR DROPDOWN POWER TO LAB BENCHES.
15 CONNECT TO EXISTING EMERGENCY LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUIT INCORRIDOR.
16 EC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 20' WHIP FROM 240V-1P-1F-NEMA1,PROVIDE 20A FUSE, TO LAB BENCHES.
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
1PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR CEILING PLAN - NEW WORK
LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
TYPE DESCRIPTION
MANUFACTUREROR APPROVED
EQUAL CATALOG NUMBER OR APPROVED EQUAL MOUNTING VOLTAGE LAMPSINPUTWATTS COMMENTS
RF1 CLASS R3 2X2 RECESSED LEDLUMINAIRE W/ FROSTED PRISMATICROUND LENS
CORELITEH.E. WILLIAMS
R3-WL-2L35-LD5-UNV-22-T1-STDAT1-22-L40-835-D-(L26)-DIM-UNV
RECESSED 277 V LED - 2560 LUMENS - 3500K 21 W
SF1 DIVIDE SUSPENDED WAVESTREAMLED LUMINAIRE, WAVESTREAMSPECULAR OPTIC. MOUNT FIXTURE 9'AFF.
CORELITEFLOATPLANEEYELINE
DSI-WS-5L35-LD2-1D-UNV-AC48-XX-STD-W24-R5-L-B-B-A-A-XX-7-1-E-WEL-G-S-L-835-64-Q-N-XX-D-E-R-N-NN-W-W-XX-R3
SUSPENDED 277 V LED - 6000 LUMENS - 3500K 47 W
EX1 SINGLE FACE LED EDGE LIT EXIT SIGN LITHONIAEXITRONIX
LRP 1 RC 120/277 EL N902E-U-WB-RW-WH-G2
UNIVERSAL 277 V LED 8 W
SWITCH SCHEDULESwitch ID Panel Circuit Number Type Comments
S101 TP4L3.3 4 Low Voltage
S101 TP4L3.3 4 Low Voltage
S102 TP4L3.3 2 ON/OFF Switch w/ Integral Dual-Tech Occupancy Sensor
S103 TP4L3.3 2 ON/OFF Switch w/ Integral Dual-Tech Occupancy Sensor
S104 TP4L3.3 6 Low Voltage - Digital Dimming
FF
S
S
JJ
M
M
F
S
F
TGM
F
F
F
C
F
KLM
3
4
5
3.3
2
OFFICE
1103-B
OFFICE
1103-C
OPEN OFFICE
1103-A
TP2L3.4
TP4L3.3
TP
2L3.4
-19
TP2L3.4-4
TP2L3.4-2UNO
TP2L3.4-28
TP2L3.4-7
TP2L3.4-8
TP2L3.4-8
TP2L3.4-27
TP2L3.4-9
TP2L3.4-11
TP2L3.4-11
TP2L3.4-18
TP2L3.4-18
TP2L3.4-16
TP
2L3.4
-16
TP
2L3.4
-15
TP
2L3.4
-14
TP
2L3.4
-24
TP
2L3.4
-14
TP
2L3.4
-14
TP
2L3.4
-13
TP
2L3.4
-13
TP
2L3.4
-12
TP2L3.4-12
11
1
1
GFI GFI GFI
18" AFF 18" AFF
REF
2
3
4
4
H
H
72"
AF
F72"
AF
F
5
5
DHWDHW
TP2L3.4-2UNO
TP2L3.4-19
TP
2L3.4
-19
TP
2L3.4
-19
TP2L3.4-19
TP2L3.4-4
TP2L3.4-4
TP2L3.4-4
TP2L3.4-20
TP
2L3.4
-21
TP2L3.4-22TP2L3.4-22
TP2L3.4-23
TP2L3.4-23
TP2L3.4-23
TP
2L3.4
-15
TP
2L3.4
-24
TP2L3.4-25
TP2L3.4-25TP2L3.4-26
TP2L3.4-26
TP2L3.4-9
TP2L3.4-27
TP2L3.4-8
TP2L3.4-7
TP2L3.4-28
TP
2L3.4
-6
TP
2L3.4
-6
TP
2L3.4
-6
TP
2L3.4
-6
1
3
3
H H
H H
H H
H H
HH
HH
HH
HH
HH
H
H
H
H
HHHHHHHHHHH
HH
HH
HH
HH
HH
HH
H H
HH
H H
RELOCATED FROM E-201
TP2L3.4-29 TP2L3.4-29
EXISTING ABOVE CEILING FIRE ALARM TENANT INTERFACE PANEL.
FA
FA
FA
6
6
6
TP2L3.4-31,33
FCU-01
FCU-02
TP2L3.4-30,32
SAV
SAV
SAV
SAV
TP2L3.4-34
TP2L3.4-34
TP2L3.4-34
TP2L3.4-34
EAV
EAV
EAV
EAV
EAV
EAV
EAV
EAV
TP2L3.4-35
TP2L3.4-35
TP2L3.4-35
TP2L3.4-36
TP2L3.4-36
TP2L3.4-36
TP2L3.4-36
TP2L3.4-35
7
7
7
3
240V-2P-NEMA1
240V-2P-NEMA1
TGM
PS
TP2L3.4-17
TGM
TGM
TGM
LO
-S
LO-S
MOUNTED ABOVE WALL PHONE
LO
-S
TP2L3.4-45TP2L3.4-47TP2L3.4-49TP2L3.4-51
TP2L3.4-37TP2L3.4-39TP2L3.4-41TP2L3.4-43
TP2L3.4-55
TP2L3.4-57
TP2L3.4-69TP2L3.4-67TP2L3.4-65TP2L3.4-63
TP2L3.4-71TP2L3.4-73TP2L3.4-75TP2L3.4-77
TP2L3.4-61
TP2L3.4-79
TP
2L3.4
-83
TP
2L3.4
-38
TP
2L3.4
-50
TP
2L3.4
-52
TP
2L3.4
-40
TP
2L3.4
-42
TP
2L3.4
-44
TP
2L3.4
-46
TP
2L3.4
-54
TP
2L3.4
-48
8
8
8
8
88
22
2
2
2
2
GFI
GFI
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
3
TP2L3.4-53TP2L3.4-59TP2L3.4-10TP2L3.4-81TP2L3.4-56
8
2
TP2L3.4-58TP2L3.4-60TP2L3.4-62TP2L3.4-64TP2L3.4-66
8
2
TP
2L3.4
-84
TP
2L3.4
-80
TP
2L3.4
-82
TP
2L3.4
-84
TP
2L3.4
-68
TP
2L3.4
-72
TP
2L3.4
-70
TP
2L3.4
-74
TP
2L3.4
-78
TP
2L3.4
-76
88
22
3
3
LAN 105
NORMAL POWER 104
E
3
4
5
3.3
2
DP41B
DP21B9
NORMAL POWER
104
LAN
105
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T A
RC
HIT
EC
TU
RA
L &
E
NG
INE
ER
ING
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RV
ICE
S
31
LE
DO
YT
RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
ST
OR
RS, C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T 0
626
9-3
038
TE
LE
PH
ON
E: (
860)
486-3
127
FA
CSI
MIL
E: (
860
) 486-
3177
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
KEYNOTES
As indicated
11/21/2018 11:24:18 AMC:\Revit_User_Local\MEP-2018-3022x01-2018_DHillburn.rvt
PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR
ELECTRICAL POWER
AND SIGNAL PLAN
E-202
11/05/18
212059
INNOVATION
PARTNERSHIP
BUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FOR
BID
11/05/2018
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
1FIRST FLOOR POWER AND SIGNAL - NEW WORK
1 TWO COMPARTMENT WALL MOUNTED RACEWAY, HORIZONTALLYMOUNTED RECEPTACLES AND DATA CONNECTIONS AS INDICATED.COORDINATE FINAL MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT.
2 FINAL CONNECTION BELOW SINK FOR RO WATER POLISHER.
3 EC TO PROVIDE SIX (6) 110V RECEPTACLES MOUNTED IN BENCHFRAME, POWERED FROM ABOVE 208V BUSWAY.
4 EC TO PROVIDE EIGHT (8) 110V RECEPTACLES MOUNTED IN BENCHFRAME, POWERED FROM ABOVE 208V BUSWAY.
5 EMPTY 3/4" CONDUIT FROM IDF ROOM LAN 105 TO AV SCREENJUNCTION BOX.
6 CONNECT NEW FIRE ALARM SPEAKER STROBES TO EXISTING FIREALARM NOTIFICATION SYSTEM.
7 EMERGENCY PUSH OFF TO BE CIRCUITED TO EXISTING NORMALPOWER BRANCH CIRCUITING IN ROOM.
8 INSTALL FIVE (5) DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AT THISLOCATION IN A VERTICAL CONFIGURATION. SEE SHEET MEP-101,DETAIL 2.
9 SEE SHEET G-003 FOR OVERALL DIMENSIONED BUILDING KEY PLAN.
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/18 ADDENDUM #3
KEY PLAN
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
2FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL ROOM PLAN
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T A
RC
HIT
EC
TU
RA
L &
E
NG
INE
ER
ING
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RV
ICE
S
31
LE
DO
YT
RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
ST
OR
RS, C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T 0
626
9-3
038
TE
LE
PH
ON
E: (
860)
486-3
127
FA
CSI
MIL
E: (
860
) 486-
3177
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
11/21/2018 11:58:01 AMC:\Revit_User_Local\MEP-2018-3022x01-2018_DHillburn.rvt
ELECTRICAL
SCHEDULES
E-501
11/05/18
212059
INNOVATION
PARTNERSHIP
BUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FOR
BID
11/05/2018
REPLACE EXISTING 250A BREAKER WITH NEW 400A BREAKER FOR PANEL TP2L3.4 CONNECTION.
NOTES:
TOTAL NEW AMPS: 370 A
TOTAL NEW CONNECTED LOAD: 133300 VA
12 SPACE & HARDWARE -- 250 A - 0 VA --
11 SPACE & HARDWARE -- 250 A - 0 VA --
10 SPACE & HARDWARE -- 250 A -- 0 VA --
9 SPACE & HARDWARE -- 250 A -- 0 VA --
8 SPACE & HARDWARE -- 250 A -- 0 VA --
7 SPARE 3 250 A 250 A 0 VA --
6 NEW PANEL TP2L3.4 3 400 A 400 A 0 VA NEW PANEL CONNECTION
5 PANEL TP2L3.3 3 225 A 225 A 0 VA --
4 PANEL TP2L3.2 3 225 A 225 A 0 VA --
3 PANEL TP2L3.1 3 225 A 225 A 0 VA --
2 PANEL R21B2 3 100 A 100 A 0 VA --
1 PANEL R21B1 3 225 A 225 A 0 VA --
CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION # OF POLES FRAME SIZE TRIP RATING LOAD REMARKS
WIRES: 4 MAINS RATING: 1200 A
PHASES: 3 MAINS TYPE: 1200 A
VOLTS: 120/208 Wye A.I.C. RATING: 22,000 A
DISTRIBUTION PANEL DP21B
CONNECT EXISTING 250A SPARE TO NEW PANEL TP4L3.3.
NOTES:
TOTAL NEW AMPS: 122 A
TOTAL NEW CONNECTED LOAD: 101552 VA
10 SPACE & HARDWARE -- 250 A -- 0 VA --
9 SPACE & HARDWARE -- 250 A -- 0 VA --
8 SPACE & HARDWARE -- 250 A -- 0 VA --
7 SPARE 3 250 A 250 A 0 VA
6 PANEL TP4L3.3 3 250 A 250 A 0 VA NEW PANEL CONNECTION
5 SPECIATLY LAB TOOL CONNECTION 3 250 A 200 A 0 VA --
4 SPECIALTY LAB TOOL CONNECTION 3 250 A 200 A 0 VA --
3 PANEL TP4L3.2 3 250 A 225 A 0 VA --
2 PANEL TP4L3.1 3 250 A 225 A 0 VA --
1 PANEL DP43B 3 250 A 250 A 0 VA --
CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION # OF POLES FRAME SIZE TRIP RATING LOAD REMARKS
WIRES: 4 MAINS RATING: 1200 A
PHASES: 3 MAINS TYPE: 1200 A
VOLTS: 480/277 Wye A.I.C. RATING: 35,000 A
DISTRIBUTION PANEL DP41B
PANEL COMPLETE W/ SHUNT TRIP MCB WIRED SO THAT DEPRESSION OF ANY EPO WITHIN LAB WILL TRIP AND OPEN MCB.
LEGEND:
TOTAL AMPS: 396 A 355 A 362 A
TOTAL LOAD: 47433 VA 42573 VA 43294 VA
83 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 360 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 84
81 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 82
79 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 80
77 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 78
75 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 76
73 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 74
71 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 72
69 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 70
67 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 68
65 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 66
63 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 64
61 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 62
59 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 60
57 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 58
55 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 56
53 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 54
51 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 52
49 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 50
47 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 48
45 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 46
43 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 44
41 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 42
39 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 40
37 RECEPTACLE 20 A 1 180 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 38
35 FINAL CONNECTION EAV 20 A 1 720 720 1 20 A FINAL CONNECTION EAV 36
33 2400 720 1 20 A FINAL CONNECTION SAV 34
31FCU-01 20 A 2
2400 2400 32
29 DOOR ACCESS 20 A 1 360 24002 20 A FCU-02
30
27 RECEPT RM. 1104 20 A 1 360 360 1 20 A RECEPT RM. 1104 28
25 RECEPT RM. 1104 20 A 1 720 720 1 20 A RECEPT RM. 1104 26
23 RECEPT RM. 1104 20 A 1 540 360 1 20 A RECEPT RM. 1104 24
21 WATER POLISHER LAB RM. 1104 20 A 1 180 360 1 20 A RECEPT RM. 1104 22
19 RECEPT RM. 1104 20 A 1 900 1200 1 20 A REFRIGERATOR RECEPT RM. 1104 20
17 TOXIC GAS POWER SUPPLY 20 A 1 180 360 1 20 A RECEPT RM. 1104 18
15 RECEPT RM. 1104 20 A 1 360 360 1 20 A RECEPT RM. 1104 16
13 RECEPT RM. 1104 20 A 1 360 540 1 20 A RECEPT RM. 1104 14
11 RECEPT RM. 1104 20 A 1 360 360 1 20 A RECEPT RM. 1104 12
9 RECEPT RM. 1104 20 A 1 360 180 1 20 A RECEPTACLE 10
7 RECEPT RM. 1104 20 A 1 360 540 1 20 A RECEPT RM. 1104 8
5 33333 720 1 20 A RECEPT RM. 1103A 6
3 33333 720 1 20 A RECEPT RM. 1103A 4
1
BUSWAY CONNECTION 225 A 3
33333 1080 1 20 A RECEPT RM. 1103-B, 1103-C 2
CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION TRIP POLES A B C POLES TRIP CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT
WIRES: 4 MAINS RATING: 400 A
PHASES: 3 MAINS TYPE: 400A MCB - SHUNT TRIP
VOLTAGE: 120/208 Wye A.I.C. RATING: 22,000 A
PANEL TP2L3.4
PANEL COMPLETE W/ SHUNT TRIP MCB WIRED SO THAT DEPRESSION OF ANY EPO WITHIN LAB WILL TRIP AND OPEN MCB.
LEGEND:
TOTAL AMPS: 124 A 120 A 122 A
TOTAL LOAD: 34368 VA 33335 VA 33850 VA
41 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 42
39 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 40
37 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 38
35 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 36
33 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 34
31 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 32
29 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 30
27 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 28
25 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 26
23 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 24
21 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 22
19 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 20
17 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 18
15 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 16
13 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 14
11 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 12
9 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 10
7 LIGHTING RM. 1104 20 A 1 1034 0 1 20 A SPARE 8
5 33333 517 1 20 A LIGHTING RM. 1104 6
3 33333 294 1 20 A LIGHTING RM. 1103A 4
1
BUSWAY CONNECTION 175 A 3
33333 168 1 20 A LIGHTING RM. 1103-B, RM. 1103-C 2
CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION TRIP POLES A B C POLES TRIP CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT
WIRES: 4 MAINS RATING: 250 A
PHASES: 3 MAINS TYPE: 250 A MCB - SHUNT TRIP
VOLTAGE: 480/277 Wye A.I.C. RATING: 35,000 A
PANEL TP4L3.3
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/18 ADDENDUM #3
NO SCALE
PROVIDE NEW 15A BREAKER IN SPACES 13 AND 14 FOR EXHAUST FAN CONNECTIONS.
NOTES:
TOTAL AMPS: 14 A
TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 11560 VA
16 SPACE AND HARDWARE 3 100 A - 0 VA
15 SPACE AND HARDWARE 3 100 A - 0 VA
14 EX-FH-1B 3 100 A 15 A 5600 VA NEW EXHAUST FAN CONNECTION
13 EX-FH-1A 3 100 A 15 A 5600 VA NEW EXHAUST FAN CONNECTION
12 AHU-8 3 100 A 50 A 0 VA
11 CP-2 3 100 A 20 A 0 VA
10 CP-1 3 100 A 20 A 0 VA
9 HCP-4 3 100 A 20 A 0 VA
8 HCP-3 3 100 A 20 A 0 VA
7 GHWP-2 3 100 A 20 A 0 VA
6 GHWP-1 3 100 A 20 A 0 VA
5 HWRP-2P 3 100 A 20 A 0 VA
4 HWRP-2A 3 100 A 20 A 0 VA
3 HWRP-1B 3 100 A 20 A 0 VA
2 HWRP-1A 3 100 A 20 A 0 VA
1 PANEL SM24B VIA XMFR 3 100 A 80 A 0 VA
CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION # OF POLES FRAME SIZE TRIP RATING Load REMARKS
WIRES: 4 MAINS RATING: 250 A
PHASES: 3 MAINS TYPE: 250 A
VOLTS: 480/277 Wye A.I.C. RATING: 22,000 A
DISTRIBUTION PANEL SM44B
101552 VA
133300 VA
3
3
TELECOMMUNICATIONS LEGEND
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
DATA OUTLET
COMMUNICATION OUTLET
FURNITURE FEED OUTLET
TELEPHONE OUTLET - MOUNTED 18" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
WALL TELEPHONE OUTLET
WIRELESS ACCESS POINT DATA OUTLET
DATA/TELEPHONE OUTLET MOUNTED FLUSH IN FLOOR
TELEVISION OUTLET - MOUNTED 12" BELOW FINISHEDCEILING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
FF
W
WAP
TV
DATA OUTLET - 2 PORT2
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL NOTES :
1. DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING EXACT ROUTING OFALL SERVICES WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND OTHER TRADES.
2. CONDUITS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM 40% FILL RATIO.
3. IN THE INSTALLATION OF THIS WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY IN EVERY WAY WITH THE REQUIREMENTSOF THE UNIVERSITY, LOCAL LAWS AND ORDINANCES, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT, THE NATIONALBOARD OF FIRE UNDERWRITERS, AND THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.
4. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THESE PLANS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS MUST BE BROUGHT TO THEIMMEDIATE ATTENTION F THE ENGINEER OR THEIR DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE FOR CLARIFICATION.
5. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A THOROUGH AND CONSCIENTIOUS MANNER, ACCORDING TO INDUSTRY STANDARDSAND SHALL BE SUBJECT TO INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE. WORK THAT IS DEEMED SUB-STANDARD OR NOT TOINDUSTRY STANDARD WILL BE SUBJECT TO REPLACEMNET OR REPAIR AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER ORGENERAL CONTRACTOR.
6. PRIOR TO STARTING THE INSTALLATION, THE ASSIGNED INSTALLATION SUPERVISOR OR LEAD TECHNICIAN SHALLPARTICIPATE IN A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING FOLLOWED BY A WALK-THROUGH OF THE PROJECT LOCATION WITHTHE ENGINEER, OR THEIR DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE, TO REVIEW THE INSTALLATION DOCUMENTATION.
7. THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY FIRE-STOP ANY CORES, UTILIZED FOR THE PLACEMENT OFCOMMUNICATIONS CABLING, WITH APPROVED FIRE-STOPPING COMPOUND AND ACCORDING TO LOCAL ANDNATIONAL CODES.
8. ALWAYS CROSS OTHER SYSTEM CABLES AT A 90 DEGREE ANGLE.
9. ALL EXPOSED CABLING ROUTED IN PLENUM SHALL BE PLENUM-RATED. ALL NON PLENUM-RATED CABLINGINSTALLED IN PLENUM SPACES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT.
10. ALL EXPOSED SYSTEM WIRING OR WIRING ROUTING ACROSS ACROSS NON-ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS SHALL BEROUTED IN 3/4" CONDUIT AT A MINIMUM, ENSURE 40% FILL RATIO IS MAINTAINED.
11. ALL CABLE SHALL BE ROUTED DOWN CORRIDORS, PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE BUILDING WALLS ANDSTRUCTURE. CABLE TO EACH DEVICE SHALL BRANCH OFF A MAIN CORRIDOR TRUNK. ENTER ALL ROOMS ABOVETHE ASSOCIATED ROOM DOORWAY.
12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER BONDING AND GROUNDING OF THEIR RESPECTABLESYSTEMS.
13. REFER TO SHEET E-002 FOR ABBREVIATIONS.
SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING
(2)-CAT 6 4 PR CABLES
MOUNT AT 18" AFF, UNO
4"x4"x2"D OUTLET BOX
1" CONDUIT STUBBED ABOVE FINISHED CEILING
PORT #1
CAT 6 8P8C MODULAR JACK (TYP)
PORT 2
BLANK
PORT #4
PORT #3
OUTLET NAMEPLATE LABEL
NOTE:DETAIL APPLIES TO ALL TWO PORT OUTLETS
COLOR ASSIGNMENT:PORT #1-WHITE (VOICE)PORT #2-WHITE (DATA)
CABLING FOR OUTLET SHALL TERMINATE AT LAN ROOM 105 ON THE FIRST FLOOR.
1.
2.
3.
FINISHED CEILING
BUSHING
CABLE TRAY
3
SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING
4-11/16"X4-11/16"X2-1/8"D OUTLET BOX
1" CONDUIT
TELEPHONE MOUNTING PIN (IF APPLICABLE)
JACK LABEL
SINGLE OUTLET FACEPLATE
CAT6 4 PR CABLE
CAT6 8P8C MODULAR JACK (TYP)
NOTES:DETAIL APPLIES WHERE THE SYMBOLS , , OR ARE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
PORT COLOR ASSIGNMENT - WHITE
CABLING FOR OUTLET SHALL TERMINATE AT LAN ROOM 105 ON THE FIRST FLOOR.
1.
2.
3.
W WAP3
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T A
RC
HIT
EC
TU
RA
L &
E
NG
INE
ER
ING
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RV
ICE
S
31
LE
DO
YT
RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
ST
OR
RS, C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T 0
626
9-3
038
TE
LE
PH
ON
E: (
860)
486-3
127
FA
CSI
MIL
E: (
860
) 486-
3177
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
1/8" = 1'-0"
11/21/2018 11:28:12 AMC:\Revit_User_Local\MEP-2018-3022x01-2018_DHillburn.rvt
TELECOMMUNICATION
SYMBOLS, NOTES,
ABBREVIATIONS, AND
DETAILS
T-001
11/05/18
212059
INNOVATION
PARTNERSHIP
BUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FOR
BID
11/05/2018
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/18 ADDENDUM #3
NOT TO SCALE
1FLUSH MOUNTED TWO PORT DATA OUTLET DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
2SINGLE TELECOMMINICATIONS OUTLET ASSEMBLY NO SCALE
J
J
KLM
3
4
5
3.3
2
OFFICE
1103-B
OFFICE
1103-C
OPEN OFFICE
1103-A
11
1
1
72"
AF
F72"
AF
F
2 2
2
2
2
2
2
2 2
2
2
2
AV
AV
2 22
2
2
2
2
2
W
2
2
2
2
2
WAP
WAP
WAP
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
23
3
LAN 105
NORMAL POWER 104
E
3
4
5
3.3
2
NORMAL POWER
104
LAN
105
PROJECT:
UN
IVE
RSIT
Y O
F C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T A
RC
HIT
EC
TU
RA
L &
E
NG
INE
ER
ING
BU
ILD
ING
SE
RV
ICE
S
31
LE
DO
YT
RO
AD
UN
IT 3
038
ST
OR
RS, C
ON
NE
CT
ICU
T 0
626
9-3
038
TE
LE
PH
ON
E: (
860)
486-3
127
FA
CSI
MIL
E: (
860
) 486-
3177
SCALE:DATE:
DRAFTER:
SHEET TITLE:
WORK ORDER NO:FILE NAME:
SHEET:
SHEET: of
CERTIFICATION:
STATUS:
AUTHOR:
CONSULTANT:
CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS ARCHITECTS
85 Willow Street New Haven, CT 06511
203 776 0184 cwarchitectsllc.com
PROJECT NO:
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
KEYNOTES
As indicated
11/21/2018 11:28:26 AMC:\Revit_User_Local\MEP-2018-3022x01-2018_DHillburn.rvt
PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PLAN
T-101
11/05/18
212059
INNOVATION
PARTNERSHIP
BUILDING
159 Discovery DriveStorrs, CT 06269
ISSUED FOR
BID
11/05/2018
1 TWO COMPARTMENT WALL MOUNTED RACEWAY, HORIZONTALLYMOUNTED RECEPTACLES AND DATA CONNECTIONS AS INDICATED.COORDINATE FINAL MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT.
2 EC TO PROVIDE DATA CABLE AND JACKS IN FRAME ASSEMBLY.DATA CABLES TO DROP DOWN OVERHEAD OF BENCHES.
3 EC TO PROVIDE EIGHT (8) 110V RECEPTACLES MOUNTED IN BENCHFRAME, POWERED FROM ABOVE 208V BUSWAY.
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
1FIRST FLOOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS - NEW WORK
REVISIONS:MARK DATE DESCRIPTION
3 11/21/18 ADDENDUM #3
KEY PLAN
0' 2' 4' 8'SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
2FIRST FLOOR PARTIAL PLAN
3